<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/windows-server/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 02 Mar 2024 07:52:44 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>AXIS Camera Station troubleshooting guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 02 Mar 2024 07:52:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV Document]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AXIS Camera Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Senstar Thin Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=11149</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[.This guide is a collection of issues related to AXIS Camera Station and how to troubleshoot them. The issues are ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="AXIS Camera Station troubleshooting guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide/#more-11149" aria-label="Read more about AXIS Camera Station troubleshooting guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><span style="background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">This guide is a collection of issues related to AXIS Camera Station and how to troubleshoot them. The issues are stored under a related topic to make it easier to find what you are looking for, a topic can be for example audio or live view. For every issue there is a solution described. Troubleshooting can sometimes be to reproduce the problem in order to find your solution.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5-718w404h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="718" height="404" class="wp-image-11150 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5-718w404h.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/-NRjMa7uu1Y/maxresdefault.jpg?sqp=-oaymwEmCIAKENAF8quKqQMa8AEB-AH-CYAC0AWKAgwIABABGGUgZShlMA8=&amp;rs=AOn4CLAoIkQK8xhwYcXsnJMd1XagEg8v1A" title="AXIS Camera Station troubleshooting guide 4" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5-718w404h.jpeg 718w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-5-718w404h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The AXIS Camera Station service</span></strong></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The AXIS Camera Station service restarts often</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The server can be overloaded which causes a long task queue and might also corrupt the databases.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Check the resource management of your system to verify if AXIS Camera Station or any other application is using a high number of resources.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Run the database maintainer, go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#database-maintenance" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Tools</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If none of above helps, escalate the issue to Axis Support. Go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/en-us/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide#escalation-process" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Escalation process</span></a>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Devices in AXIS Camera Station</span></strong></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Common issues</span></strong></h3>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Can’t contact the camera</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">AXIS Camera Station can’t contact the camera. The listed cameras are not added.</p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Check that the camera is connected to the network, that power is connected, and that the camera is up and running.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Add devices</span></strong> and try to add the camera again.</div>
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Installation was canceled</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The installation was canceled by the user. The listed cameras are not added.</p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">To add the cameras, go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Add devices</span></strong>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Fail to set password on camera</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Password can’t be set for the listed cameras.</p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>To set the password manually, go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Devices &gt; Management</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Right-click the camera and select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">User Management &gt; Set password</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device can&#8217;t be added</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If the device was used in a different system before being added to AXIS Camera Station, a factory default of the device might be required</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If the device still can’t be added to AXIS Camera Station, try to add the device to AXIS Device Manager.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">It’s possible to add another device model.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If the device is a new product or has a newly released firmware, it can be a compatibility issue. Make sure to use the latest AXIS Camera Station software version.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If it’s not possible to add another device model, troubleshoot the camera. Go to <a href="https://www.axis.com/support/troubleshooting" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">axis.com/support/troubleshooting</span></a>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Can&#8217;t update device firmware through AXIS Camera Station</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If it’s not possible to upgrade the camera from its webpage:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Troubleshoot the camera, go to <a href="https://www.axis.com/support/troubleshooting" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">axis.com/support/troubleshooting</span></a>.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Firmware can’t be upgraded for all devices:</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Check the network connection.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If it’s not a network related issue, escalate to AXIS Support. Go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/en-us/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide#escalation-process" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Escalation process</span></a>.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Firmware can’t be upgraded for specific models:</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>This can happen for new products and strange firmware.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Escalate the issue to AXIS Support. Go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/en-us/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide#escalation-process" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Escalation process</span></a>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No devices found</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">AXIS Camera Station automatically searches the network for connected cameras and video encoders but can’t find any cameras.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Check that the camera is connected to the network and that power is applied.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If the client, server, or cameras are located on different networks, then proxy and firewall settings might need to be configured.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Change the client proxy settings if the client and the server are separated by a proxy server. Go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#client-proxy-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Client proxy settings</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Change the NAT or security system if the client and the server are separated by a NAT or security system. Ensure that the HTTP port, TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) port and streaming port specified in AXIS Camera Station Service Control are allowed to pass through the security system or NAT. To view the full port list, see <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#port-list" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Port list</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Change the server proxy settings if the server and the devices are separated by a proxy server. Go to the Proxy settings section in <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#service-control-general" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Service control general</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>To add cameras manually, go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#get-started-add-devices" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Add devices</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-7-718w404h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="718" height="404" class="wp-image-11151 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-7-718w404h.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/HgjcrBeTYhs/maxresdefault.jpg" title="AXIS Camera Station troubleshooting guide 5" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-7-718w404h.jpeg 718w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-7-718w404h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></a></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Repeated message &#8220;Reconnecting to camera in 15 seconds&#8221;</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This might indicate that:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>The network is overloaded.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>The camera is not accessible. Check that the camera is still connected to the network and that power is applied.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>There are problems with the graphics card.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Possible solutions for graphics card problems:</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Install the latest graphics card driver.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Upgrade to a graphics card with more video memory and higher performance.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Use the CPU for video rendering.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Change the video and audio settings, for example by optimizing profile settings for low bandwidth.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3></h3>
<blockquote><p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/senstar-thin-client-user-guide-2024/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Senstar Thin Client User Guide 2024</a></p></blockquote>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recordings</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">See <a href="https://help.axis.com/en-us/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide#troubleshooting-live-view" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Live view</span></a> for more information about possible performance issues influencing recordings and playback.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Common issues</span></strong></h3>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Continuous recording is not enabled</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Continuous recording is not enabled for the listed cameras.</p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>To enable continuous recording, go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Recording and events &gt; Recording method</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Select the camera and turn on <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Continuous</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Can’t record on the specified drive</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The recording storage (local storage or network storage) can’t be configured.</p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>To use a different storage, go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Storage &gt; management</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Add the storage and configure the storage settings for the cameras that should record to the storage.</div>
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Fail to install the AXIS Video Content Stream application</span></strong></p>
</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This error message is displayed if the application can’t be installed on a camera that supports AXIS Video Content Stream.</p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>To install the application manually:</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Devices &gt; Management</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Right-click the camera and select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Install camera application</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recording doesn&#8217;t start</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Recordings don’t start or stop after a few seconds.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">It could be that the disk is full or that there is too much intruding data.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Check the &#8220;Camera Recording Storage&#8221; in the Server Configuration Sheet to make sure there is free space and no intruding data.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Increase the storage limit for AXIS Camera Station.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Allocate more storage to the storage pool. Go to <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#configure-storage" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Configure storage</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recording gaps during continuous recording</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Along with gaps, AXIS Camera Station alarms show &#8220;Recording errors&#8221;.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The gaps can occur for several reasons, such as:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Server overload</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Network issue</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Camera overload</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Disk overload</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Check if the recording gaps happen on all the cameras.</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If it doesn’t happen to all the cameras, check if the camera is overloaded. Questions that will help to sort things out:</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>How often does the gap occur, every hour or every day?</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>How long is the gap, seconds or hours?</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>At what time does the gap happen?</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Possible solutions:</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>In the task manager or the resource manager of your server machine, you can confirm if one of the hardware resources is used more than normal. If the disk shows signs of overuse, we advise adding more disks and move several cameras to record on the new disks.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>You can also reduce the amount of data written on the disk (Video settings, ZIP stream, FPS, resolution). Keep in mind the throughput estimated by <a href="https://www.axis.com/support/tools/axis-site-designer" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">axis.com/support/tools/axis-site-designer</span></a>.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">For more information, see <a href="https://help.axis.com/en-us/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide#live-view-performance" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Live view and playback performance</span></a>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Can&#8217;t play exported recordings</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If Windows Media Player doesn’t play your exported recordings, check the file format. Exported recordings can be played using Windows Media Player (.asf files) and AXIS File Player (.asf, .mp4, .mkv). For more information, see <a href="https://help.axis.com/axis-camera-station-5#play-and-verify-exported-recordings" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">Play and verify exported recordings</span></a> in the AXIS Camera Station user manual.</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The player will automatically open all recordings that are in the same folder as the player.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">AXIS File Player is a free software for video and audio playback. You can select to include it with the exported recordings, no installation is required. To play recordings, open AXIS File Player and select the recordings to play.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recordings disappear</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Recordings are only saved for a specified number of days. To change the number of days, go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Storage &gt; Selection</span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If the storage becomes full, recordings will be deleted before the designated number of days.<br />
To avoid a full storage, try the following:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Add more storage. Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Storage &gt; Management</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Change the amount of storage space reserved for AXIS Camera Station. Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Storage &gt; Management</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Reduce the size of recorded files by changing for example resolution or frame rate. Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Devices &gt; Stream profiles</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Use H.264 video format for recording, M-JPEG format requires much more storage space. Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Devices &gt; Stream profiles</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Use Zipstream to additionally decrease the size of the recordings. Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration &gt; Devices &gt; Stream profiles</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Failover recording issues</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The failover recording is not recording on the server after the connection is restored.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Possible causes:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>The bandwidth between the camera and the server is insufficient for the recording to be transferred.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>The camera was not recording to the SD card during the disconnection.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Check the camera&#8217;s server report. See <a href="https://www.axis.com/support/troubleshooting" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1976d2; font-size: 11pt;">axis.com/support/troubleshooting</span></a>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Make sure that the SD card is working fine and there is recording on it.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>The camera time has changed or shifted since the disconnection.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Make sure that the NTP is synchronised correctly for future recordings.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span>Synchronize the camera’s time with the server or setup the same NTP server on the camera as on the server.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The failover recording implementation in AXIS Camera Station is not designed to handle the following use cases:</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Controlled server shutdowns.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Short interruptions less than 10 seconds in the connection.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-9-718w404h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="718" height="404" class="wp-image-11152 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-9-718w404h.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/wMTtAFNp5Rg/maxresdefault.jpg" title="AXIS Camera Station troubleshooting guide 6" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-9-718w404h.jpeg 718w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Picture-9-718w404h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></a></span></h2>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/axis-camera-station-troubleshooting-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/vivotek-shepherd-setup-and-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/vivotek-shepherd-setup-and-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 18:40:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VAST Security Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vivotek Shepherd]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=10853</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide, Shepherd, embedded with powerful device management functions, can easily set up multiple cameras simultaneously. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/vivotek-shepherd-setup-and-user-guide/#more-10853" aria-label="Read more about Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide, Shepherd, embedded with powerful device management functions, can easily set up multiple cameras simultaneously. The software automatically brings up a list of all VIVOTEK devices that are connected on the network. The user can then manually group the cameras to apply pre-configured settings.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Shepherd supports various powerful functions, including: </span><strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">IP-address assignment, remote reboot/restore, and firmware</span></strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">and VADP package upload</span></strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">. Shepherd greatly benefits system integrators and installers who often have projects that require the simultaneous set up of multiple cameras with the same settings.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Shepherd supports batch uploading of firmware and exporting device lists for VIVOTEK NVRs, updating virus signatures for cameras equipped with the </span><strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Trend Micro IoT Security package</span></strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">, and importing / exporting </span><strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Stereo Tracker, Deep Learning VCA and VCA package</span></strong><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> configurations.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">How install Shepherd tool into your PC</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The Shepherd is a VIVOTEK tool that allows you to find the cameras in your network, perform basic configuration, manage firmware upgrades and collect basic information (firmware version, model name, ports, etc.). To install this software in your PC please follow the next steps.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go to the official webpage of the Shepherd application: </span><a href="https://www.vivotek.com/Shepherd" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.vivotek.com/Shepherd</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select the &#8220;Download&#8221; tab and click on the latest version available to download the application.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="407" class="wp-image-10854 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w407h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/16136018819609" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 51" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w407h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w407h-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Be sure to use the newer version unless you have really old cameras.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Once the download is complete run the installer, then select a location in where you want to extract the application. For this example, we will extract the application in the &#8220;Desktop&#8221; folder.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="815" height="224" class="wp-image-10855 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 52" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.png 815w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-300x82.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-768x211.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 815px) 100vw, 815px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: This is a portable application so it wont be directly installed in your system. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go to the extracted location (in this case &#8220;Desktop&#8221;) and find a folder called &#8220;Shepherd2&#8221;. This folder will contain the files necessary to run the application.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Run the &#8220;Shepherd.exe&#8221; file, be sure to use administrator rights to open it. o</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="687" height="317" class="wp-image-10856 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-687w317h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 53" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-687w317h.png 687w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-687w317h-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 687px) 100vw, 687px" /></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For easier access, you can also make a shortcut by right clicking and choosing </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Send to &gt; Desktop</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="682" height="478" class="wp-image-10857 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-682w478h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 54" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-682w478h.png 682w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-682w478h-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Once the interface is running, you can start searching your cameras and accessing by just double-clicking them. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="513" class="wp-image-10858 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-7-756w513h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/16136338874777" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 55" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-7-756w513h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-7-756w513h-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<h2>Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/vast-security-station-complete-guide/">VAST Security Station complete guide</a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Where can I find the software version information for the Shepherd application?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Where can I find the software version information for the Shepherd application?</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To find the software version information for the VIVOTEK Shepherd application, you can follow these steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Open the Shepherd application on your PC.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Once the Shepherd interface finish loading, click on the &#8220;Information&#8221; icon. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="527" class="wp-image-10859 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w527h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17983664237977" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 56" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w527h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w527h-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> The &#8220;Information&#8221; window will appear, displaying the software version information, including the version number and device package version.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="528" class="wp-image-10860 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w528h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17983721622041" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 57" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w528h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w528h-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Can you find ONVIF cameras when using the Shepherd application?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Can you find ONVIF cameras when using the Shepherd application</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The VIVOTEK Shepherd application was designed to search and manage VIVOTEK devices using VIVOTEK communication protocols, unfortunately the application cannot search or configure ONVIF cameras in the network.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">[Shepherd] Does the Shepherd application supports MAC OS?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Does the Shepherd application supports MAC OS?</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The VIVOTEK Shepherd only supports Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, the recent Windows 11 and several Windows servers (2012, 2016 and 2019).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="263" class="wp-image-10861 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-17-945w263h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17982426576409" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 58" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-17-945w263h.png 945w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-17-945w263h-300x83.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-17-945w263h-768x214.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Unfortunately, it does not support MAC OS. This means that if you&#8217;re using a MAC computer, you won&#8217;t be able to run the application on your device.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">[Shepherd] What ports are being mainly used by the Shepherd application for communication?</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The Shepherd application mainly uses (as default) port </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5678</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to send UDP broadcast packets to the network in order to find VIVOTEK devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="207" class="wp-image-10862 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-19-945w207h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 59" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-19-945w207h.png 945w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-19-945w207h-300x66.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-19-945w207h-768x168.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When the devices receive the broadcast, it will reply the application with basic information such as model name, IP, mac and ports used for communication.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="472" class="wp-image-10863 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-20-756w472h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 60" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-20-756w472h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-20-756w472h-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Then, the Shepherd application it will use those ports configured in the device to perform configurations, data upload and firmware upgrade. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="236" class="wp-image-10864 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-945w236h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 61" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-945w236h.png 945w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-945w236h-300x75.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-945w236h-768x192.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Why I cannot update the Trend Micro license via Shepherd ?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Why I cannot update the Trend Micro license via Shepherd ?</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="524" class="wp-image-10865 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-756w524h.png" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T181842.511.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 62" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-756w524h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-756w524h-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Shepherd version 3.2.0.3 and older version do not support the Trend Micro license update. We have released a new software version 3.3 and this version supports the Trend Micro license update.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
There are two different filename extension in Trend Micro license: JSON and TXT. Shepherd version 3.3 supports both these two filename extension of Trend Micro license.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Failed to create OpenGL context for format QSurfaceFormat&#8230;</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">DESCRIPTION</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When trying to run the Shepherd 2 on a server we get this error message.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Is there a way of disabling the graphics adapter requirements of the Shepherd2 as the server seem to not have the required graphics adapter support.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="630" height="381" class="wp-image-10866 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-27.png" alt="rtaImage-33.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 63" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-27.png 630w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-27-300x181.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">ROOT CAUSE</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Shepherd2 is required to use OpenGL to draw the program layout.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
For most of computer with the latest graphic card driver, it could support OpenGL.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
For some did not support OpenGL, customer could use Windows built-in DirectX(ANGLE library) instead.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
However, using DirectX is not default behavior of Sheperd2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Customer needs to add new environment variables QT_OPENGL=angle into system to let shepherd2 use DirectX.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">SOLUTION</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For Windows 10:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
1. From the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Desktop</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, right-click the very bottom left corner of the screen to get the Power User Task Menu. From the Power User Task Menu, click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For Windows 7:</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Click the Start button, right-click the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Computer</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> option in the Start menu, and select </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Properties.</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
2. Click the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Advanced System Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> link in the left column.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
3. (Please refer following figure) In the System Properties window, click on the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Advanced</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> tab, then click the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Environment Variables</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> button near the bottom of that tab.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
4. In the Environment Variables window (pictured below), create a new environment variable, click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">New</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
5. Enter the variable name =  QT_OPENGL and variable value= angle to let shepherd2 use DirectX.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="494" class="wp-image-10867 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.jpeg" alt="rtaImage__100_.jfif" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 64" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.jpeg 481w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28-292x300.jpeg 292w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Why the application cannot be opened after Windows 10 upgrade</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">QUESTION</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">It was reported that after a Windows 10 upgrade (ver 1803), when trying to open the Shepherd application it showed the following message:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="166" class="wp-image-10868 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-31.jpeg" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T164136.408.jfif" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-31.jpeg 397w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-31-300x125.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The Shepherd application is an executable so cannot be reinstalled</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">ANSWER</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The issue was caused by changes in the Windows 10 QT libraries after the 1803 upgrade. We already release a new software version (ver 2.4.0.101) that can solve the issue. Please download this version from the following link:</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Shepherd 2.4.0.101:</span><a href="http://http/download.vivotek.com/downloadfile/downloads/software/shepherd.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;"> http://download.vivotek.com/downloadfile/downloads/software/shepherd.exe</span></a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to change the Shepherd&#8217;s UI size when it is too large?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">QUESTION</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to change the Shepherd&#8217;s UI size when it is too large?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">ANSWER</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Shepherd will change the UI size automatically when the monitor size is large(upper or equal to 3840*2000).</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If you want to change the UI, you can press &#8220;F11&#8221; to adjust it.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If you open Shepherd in a system using four screens, you will see the Shepherd&#8217;s UI become large.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="520" class="wp-image-10869 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-33-756w520h.png" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T161625.248.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 66" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-33-756w520h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-33-756w520h-300x206.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
In order to make it become smaller, you can press &#8220;F11&#8221; to adjust the Shepherd&#8217;s UI size.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="521" class="wp-image-10870 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-34-756w521h.png" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T161629.173.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-34-756w521h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-34-756w521h-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Also refer the following video: </span><a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/mzlk5zj74ihfk6x/Shepherd%20with%204%20monitor.MOV?dl=0" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">ftp://fae:fae@ftp.vivotek.com/software/TechnicalReview/2019/Shepherd%20with%204%20monitor.MOV</span></a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to batch upload a VADP package into several cameras?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to batch upload a VADP package into several cameras?</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">VIVOTEK cameras have the capability of using packages that integrates specific functions (such as Smart VCA, Trend Micro, VIVOCloud, etc). If you need to upload one package into several devices please follow the next steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Open the Shepherd application.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select the cameras that you want to upload the VADP package. For this tutorial we will use a MD9560-H. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="520" class="wp-image-10871 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-37-756w520h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17984392788377" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 68" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-37-756w520h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-37-756w520h-300x206.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For easy manipulation you can us Ctrl + Right-click to select multiple cameras or Ctrl + A to select all the devices on the list.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select Maintenance icon </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, a &#8220;Authorize devices&#8221; message will popup before allowing access to the interface. Please be sure to </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">enter the camera&#8217;s username and password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="525" class="wp-image-10872 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-39-756w525h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17984431682329" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 69" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-39-756w525h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-39-756w525h-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: If all the cameras are using a different password you wont be able to apply a batch upgrade because the software will be using the same authorization information for each camera. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> In the Maintenance interface, go to the &#8220;Upload package&#8221; tab. Change the &#8220;Save package to&#8221; option to &#8220;Internal storage&#8221;.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="539" class="wp-image-10873 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w539h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17984478026009" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 70" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w539h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w539h-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select the VADP package to be uploaded in the cameras:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="542" class="wp-image-10874 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w542h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17984514390169" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w542h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w542h-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once you select the package the Shepherd application will automatically start uploading the package to all the cameras. Once finished you will see a &#8220;Uploaded successfully&#8221; message in the interface indicating that the package was applied successfully.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="541" class="wp-image-10875 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w541h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17984492339353" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w541h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w541h-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to update the device pack of Shepherd?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When users want to use Shepherd to batch set cameras, the device pack must contain the camera model, or the parameters shown on the template page may not be consistent with the camera web UI. So, how to update the device pack of Shepherd?</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please follow the steps below to update the device pack of Shepherd.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
1. Extract the .vdp file from .zip file downloaded from our website: </span><a href="https://www.vivotek.com/device_pack#downloads" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.vivotek.com/device_pack#downloads</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, and move it to the folder Shepherd2.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="656" height="701" class="wp-image-10876 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49.png" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T173807.141.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49.png 656w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49-281x300.png 281w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
2. Executing Shepherd2.exe, it will automatically import the latest .vdp file.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. The update process is complete.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="430" class="wp-image-10877 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50.png" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T173812.013.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50.png 672w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50-300x192.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="295" class="wp-image-10878 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51.png" alt="rtaImage_-_2021-05-09T173815.564.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51.png 451w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-300x196.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to find your camera using the Shepherd application</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to find your camera using the Shepherd application</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The VIVOTEK Shepherd application is a powerful tool that allows users to manage and find their VIVOTEK IP cameras in the network. In order to find your device please follow the next steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Launch the Shepherd application on your computer.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Once the application is running, it will automatically scan for all the devices in your network automatically. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="529" class="wp-image-10879 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-756w529h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17950903689881" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-756w529h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-756w529h-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: You need to be sure that the PC that is searching the cameras is connected to the same subnet otherwise your camera wont be displayed in the Shepherd interface. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="993" height="446" class="wp-image-10880 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-2.png 993w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-2-300x135.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-2-768x345.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 993px) 100vw, 993px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> In the search bar, type the name of the camera you are trying to find. If you have cameras with the same model and want to find one specific device, you can type the device MAC address (unique hardware address). </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera model search:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="349" class="wp-image-10881 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-756w349h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17951001967129" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 78" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-756w349h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-756w349h-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC address search:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="345" class="wp-image-10882 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-756w345h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17951026268441" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-756w345h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-756w345h-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Double click on the camera and you will be able to access to its web interface. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="517" class="wp-image-10883 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-756w517h.png" alt="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/17951185130393" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-756w517h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-756w517h-300x205.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: If its the first time you are accessing the camera you will need to set a password. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you are unable to find the camera you when using the Shepherd application, here are some useful documents that provide other suggestions in case any problem arises. </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/16107326507161" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">[All cameras] What to do if the camera cannot be found on the network using Shepherd</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/15423634971929" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">[All cameras] How to find the IP address of your camera using the ARP method?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/13017100886809" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">[Shepherd] What ports are being mainly used by the Shepherd application for communication?</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to batch upgrade camera firmware?</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The Shepherd application upgrade function can help you not only upgrade one camera but a batch of cameras. If you want to apply a new firmware to all your devices at once please follow the next steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Open the Shepherd application.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select the cameras that you want to upgrade and be sure that all the cameras selected are the same model (every firmware is unique to each model so uploading it to a different model will not work). For this tutorial we will use a MD9560-H. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="524" class="wp-image-10884 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-65-756w524h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-65-756w524h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-65-756w524h-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For easy manipulation you can us Ctrl + Right-click to select multiple cameras or Ctrl + A to select all the devices on the list.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;">Select Maintenance icon</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img alt="mceclip1.png" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;">and then enter the camera username and password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="524" class="wp-image-10885 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-67-756w524h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-67-756w524h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-67-756w524h-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: If all the cameras are using a different password you wont be able to apply a batch upgrade because the software will be using the same authorization information for each camera. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;"> In the Maintenance interface, go to the &#8220;Upload firmware&#8221; tab and then click on the &#8220;Select firmware to upload&#8221; button to upload the camera firmware file. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="524" class="wp-image-10886 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-68-756w524h.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-68-756w524h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-68-756w524h-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;">After everything is ready, click on the &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to start the upgrade process:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="522" class="wp-image-10887 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-69-756w522h.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-69-756w522h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-69-756w522h-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;">In case your system environment power off frequently or have a large number of cameras (complex network), we strongly suggest to batch upgrade the camera into a small group such as 5 ~ 10 cameras per group to avoid an unexpected abort upgrade process.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;"> Wait for the upgrade process to be finished. If you want to check the progress you can click on the  </span><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;"><img alt="mceclip5.png" /></span><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;"> icon. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #172b4d; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="523" class="wp-image-10888 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-71-756w523h.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-71-756w523h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-71-756w523h-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When it shows </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img alt="mceclip7.png" /></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and the upgrading progress next tot he model name as 0% it means that the file is being uploaded to the camera. Once the progress bar gets to 50% it means that the file was successfully uploaded to the camera, and now the camera by itself will install the new firmware.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="525" height="263" class="wp-image-10889 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-525w263h.png" alt="mceclip8.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-525w263h.png 525w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-525w263h-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the camera finished the update you will see a message next to the model name showing that the camera update was successful.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="260" class="wp-image-10890 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-524w260h.png" alt="mceclip9.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-524w260h.png 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-524w260h-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">IMPORTANT: </span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Please </span><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">DO NOT</span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"> power off the devices during the upgrade process.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How can I import same settings to a batch of cameras?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">QUESTION</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How can I import same settings to a batch of cameras?</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">ANSWER</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The Shepherd application can export the configuration of a camera and apply it to other cameras. In order to do so please follow the next steps:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click Shepherd.exe to run the application, once open it will automatically detect all cameras in your network.</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select a camera to export its configuration as a *.csv file.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="567" class="wp-image-10891 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-756w567h.png" alt="rtaImage__1_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-756w567h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-756w567h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click on the &#8220;Batch camera setup&#8221; icon. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="567" class="wp-image-10892 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-86-756w567h.png" alt="rtaImage__2_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-86-756w567h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-86-756w567h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select &#8220;Create a template from camera&#8221; to create a file that will contain the configurations of the camera you previously selected. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="567" class="wp-image-10893 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-87-756w567h.png" alt="rtaImage__3_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-87-756w567h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-87-756w567h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the configuration has been loaded into the Shepherd interface, select the sections you would like to configure in the other cameras and click the &#8220;Export&#8221; button to create a new template.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Note: You can also modify settings if needed. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="565" class="wp-image-10894 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-88-756w565h.png" alt="rtaImage__4_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-88-756w565h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-88-756w565h-300x224.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go back to the &#8220;Home&#8221; interface and select the cameras which you want to apply the configuration template created in the previous step.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="567" class="wp-image-10895 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-89-756w567h.png" alt="rtaImage__5_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-89-756w567h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-89-756w567h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 6.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go back to the &#8220;Batch camera setup&#8221; section and select &#8220;Import a template&#8221;.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="567" class="wp-image-10896 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-90-756w567h.png" alt="rtaImage__6_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-90-756w567h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-90-756w567h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 7.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select the template configurations that you wish to apply to the cameras. Once selected, click on the &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save. Note: If you want to apply all the configurations to all the devices click on the &#8220;Apply all&#8221;  button. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="567" class="wp-image-10897 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-91-756w567h.png" alt="rtaImage__7_.png" title="Vivotek Shepherd setup and user guide 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-91-756w567h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-91-756w567h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the process is finished, access the cameras and verify that the configurations were successfully applied. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/vivotek-shepherd-setup-and-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.dropbox.com/s/mzlk5zj74ihfk6x/Shepherd%20with%204%20monitor.MOV?dl=0" length="0" type="video/quicktime" />
<enclosure url="https://www.dropbox.com/s/mzlk5zj74ihfk6x/Shepherd%20with%204%20monitor.MOV?dl=0" length="0" type="video/quicktime" />

			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Safire Control Center setup guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide-2/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide-2/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 22 Jun 2023 14:50:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ajax Translator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ConfigTool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CORTROL VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS services]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ganz CORTROL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P2P cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[recover password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[recovery questions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Safire Control Center]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SAFIRE device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1666</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Safire Control Center setup guide,CCTV Client Software for Desktop (PC) and mobile device App. Integrated remote access for networked Safire ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Safire Control Center setup guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide-2/#more-1666" aria-label="Read more about Safire Control Center setup guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Safire Control Center setup guide,CCTV Client Software for Desktop (PC) and mobile device App. Integrated remote access for networked Safire Devices.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Minimum requirements and computer capabilities for using the SAFIRE Control Center">Minimum requirements and computer capabilities for using the SAFIRE Control Center</h1>
<ul>
<li>Intel i5 6th Generation and above (i7 6th Generation recommended).</li>
<li>16 GB of RAM.</li>
<li>Video Accelerator Card 2 GB or more.</li>
<li>DirectX 11.0 or higher.</li>
<li>500 MB of free hard disk space.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Software features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Can manage up to 256 CCTV devices / cameras</li>
<li>Can manage up to 256 DVRs / NVRs</li>
<li>Supports up to 4 monitors (with 64 simultaneous camera videos).</li>
<li>Supports local and remote (P2P or DDNS) equipment.</li>
<li>Supports two-way audio</li>
<li>Supports local and remote configuration on devices</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360011689439/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 162"></p>
<h2>Safire Control Center</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1532/ajax-translator-full-user-manual/">Ajax Translator Full User manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/781/ganz-cortrol-vms-client-setup-guide/">Ganz CORTROL VMS Client Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/373/dahua-configtool-installation-instructions/">Dahua Configtool Installation Instructions</a></li>
</ol>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Safire DDNS services for Safire camera or recorder">Safire DDNS services for Safire camera or recorder</h1>
<p>To connect any Safire device that has &#8220;Safire DDNS services&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Previously, you have to be registered and your account activated before logging in at <a href="http://www.safiredns.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">www.safiredns.com</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>1. Create a domain</strong></p>
<p>1. Open and log in to <a href="http://www.safiredns.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">www.safiredns.com</a></p>
<p>2. Select SafireDNS</p>
<p>3. Add a domain</p>
<p>4. Select the zone</p>
<p>5. In the domain name enter any name as client name or project name</p>
<p>6. Group</p>
<p>7. Group</p>
<p>8. Password</p>
<p>9. IPv4 or IPv6 address (check the <a href="http://www.myipaddress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">myipaddress.com</a> site for your IP address)</p>
<p>10. Save</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414344736530/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 163"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>2. Add a device in ProCloud</strong></p>
<p>1. Go to Procloud</p>
<p>2. And click on + Add device</p>
<p>3. Enter the name of the DDNS address you created in the previous step</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414582362258/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 164"></p>
<p>4. Save</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>3. Port Forwarding</strong></p>
<p>1. For Safire&#8217;s decisions we need to forward ports 80 and 8000</p>
<p>2. Port 80 is for the web interface of the camera or recorder</p>
<p>3. Port 8000 is for the native communication protocol</p>
<p>ZTE Modem router example<img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414362586130/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 165"></p>
<p>Xiaomi router example:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414362659602/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 166"></p>
<p>Reyee router example</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4420075805202/025.png" alt="025.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 167"></p>
<p><strong>3. Enter DDNS type in the camera or recorder</strong></p>
<p>1. Check the ports that are used on the camera/recorder and open the(1) camera/recorder settings page</p>
<p>2. Select Network</p>
<p>3. Then the basic settings</p>
<p>4. Port tab</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414589650322/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 168"></p>
<p>5. If it does not work, you can check the NAT configuration</p>
<p>6. You can also switch to manual port assignment</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414589769490/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 169"></p>
<p>7. Enable DDNS on and enter credentials</p>
<p>8. Go to the DDNS tab</p>
<p>9. Enable DDNS</p>
<p>10. Select SafireDNS when using &#8220;Safire DDNS Servies&#8221;</p>
<p>11. Use the domain you created (in <strong>2. Add a device in ProCloud</strong>)</p>
<p>12. DDNS username and password and not those of the device.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414590475282/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 170"></p>
<p>When all the configuration has been done correctly it should look like the image below in the <a href="https://procloud.safire.services/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong>Safire ProCloud</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414577778962/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 171"></p>
<p>Check that the status icon, the device is linked and the configuration options appear.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to configure the POS function from Safire Control Center">How to configure the POS function from Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>NOTE:</p>
<p>POS function is present on the entire 8000 series NVR range and the entry-level 4KE range has POS function.</p>
<p>Also in some of the 6000 series (still to be verified)</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The POS function on NVRs can only be configured from the local interface of the recorder itself or from Safire Control Center.</p>
<p>In NVRs, the POS is considered metadata (the same as a line crossing or area intrusion, like a VCA).</p>
<p>In XVRs it will not allow the POS configuration from the web interface, since the POS would be &#8220;printed&#8221; on the video stream itself.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>CONFIGURATION POS NVR SAFIRE CONTROL CENTER</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In the device management part, click on advanced settings:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067223954/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 172"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We click on POS, and the first thing that appears is the POS rule configuration.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067272466/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 173"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>From here we can configure the operating hours, notification link methods, or relay activations, as well as configure the desired camera function by selecting the POS area, how we want it to be displayed on the screen, etc.</p>
<p>Display modes</p>
<ul>
<li>Scroll: The screen is filled with information, and the first information is scrolled.</li>
<li>Page: The information appears all at once as it is scanned on the screen. If the second piece of information is scanned, the first information is removed.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In the next part, we configure the font. Here we make special mention of the font because not all fonts are supported by the web interface and the Safire Control Center. Only the LATIN-1 font can be displayed in real-time and in the Safire Control Center and web interface recordings.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067333266/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 174"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In the local interface of the recorder, any font that the recorder allows us to use can be displayed.</p>
<p>Finally, the connection mode is to set the IP and port of the printer that will send us the information. We can connect several printers and assign them with the Filter Rule ID so that as you can see in the first screenshot, a different Filter Rule ID should be applied to each channel since a printer is usually used per camera (imagine a supermarket checkout, with several scanners).</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074182034/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 175"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>When viewing and recording, as I said before that the POS is treated as a VCA, to be able to search by POS later in Safire Control Center, we should set the recording by POS in the recording schedule, like this:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067372178/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 176"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>This would suffice.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>VISUALIZATIONS</strong></p>
<p>Now, in SCC, if we go to Real-Time we can see the result of the POS as long as we have configured the font as LATIN-1:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074222610/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 177"></p>
<p>In recordings we can search directly by POS events from here:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074239506/mceclip7.png" alt="mceclip7.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 178"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Search by specific KEYWORDs if we need it:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067409682/mceclip8.png" alt="mceclip8.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 179"></p>
<p>And finally, we would only get POS events as a result, which if we play it back shows the whole text string printed in the recording:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074258450/mceclip9.png" alt="mceclip9.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 180"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>If, on the other hand, we want to visualize the POS information, from the web interface of the recorder, we don&#8217;t have to forget to enable this in the CONFIGURATION -&gt; LOCAL part</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067429138/mceclip10.png" alt="mceclip10.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 181"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Safire - How to recover password by email or recovery questions">How to recover password by email or recovery questions</h1>
<p><strong>To recover the password:</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>1. Open SADP Tool2</p>
<p>. Click on &#8220;Forgot Password&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/bNibXQJbspDNX6l0bz0eutqnj/?name=inline338602627.png" alt="?name=inline338602627" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 182"></p>
<p>3. Use the questions or the email option</p>
<p>4. If the email option is chosen</p>
<p>Save the QR and send the QR to the email address pw_recovery@device-service.com as an attachment. (Or use the XML code)</p>
<p>In general, when using automated email services, you will get a retrieval file within 5 minutes.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This email address only works when you have registered the email address you registered on the device. See the article: Safire &#8211; <a href="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/es/articles/4414071578514" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Prepare for lost passwords</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414065983122/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 183"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/UWKZfXlYVOn6pzsVDiTWyRMNP/?name=inline-1723637902.png" alt="?name=inline 1723637902" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 184"></p>
<p><strong>When you have received the email</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414066634514/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 185"></p>
<p>Use the verification code from the email and create a new password</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When deactivating the Safire network cameras that are connected to the NVR for which you have requested password recovery, also select (<strong>A</strong>) &#8220;Reset Network Camera&#8217;s Passwords&#8221;.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414066771986/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 186"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>When not using email or questions on the device</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Select the secret key export/import mode and send the XML file to your supplier or distributor.</p>
<p>They will process the recovery and get back to you with the key in your mail.</p>
<p>Please note that this is not an automated process and may take time.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The file you receive is valid for a period of 48 hours. You cannot shut down or restart your computer until after you have completed all the steps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/qMxed5MIxqLxtX5ZAtXr9xLkz/?name=inline166396462.png" alt="?name=inline166396462" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 187"></p>
<p><strong>3. When you receive the recovery file</strong></p>
<p>3.1 In step 2</p>
<p>A. Select import file</p>
<p>B. Import the XML file from the received e-mail</p>
<p>C. Create a new password</p>
<p>D. Confirm password</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414072863378/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 188"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414066842514/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 189"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Safire - How to prevent password loss">How to prevent password loss</h1>
<p>You can avoid long waiting times by saving security answers and/or registering a password recovery email.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Tip:</strong></p>
<p>&#8220;To view the best and largest GIF or image, right-click and open the image or GIF in a new tab.&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>On an already configured camera or recorder</strong></p>
<p>1. Open the web browser or the <strong>SCC</strong> (<strong>S</strong>afire<strong> C</strong>ontrol<strong> C</strong>enter)</p>
<p>2. Open the configuration page.</p>
<p>3. Go to System &gt; Account Management and click Account Security Settings</p>
<p>4. Ask the security questions and most importantly associate an email.</p>
<p>5. And OK to save.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/r4GvjS1oiB1fH3Jok0wAXDkk9/?name=inline-1684383311.png" alt="?name=inline 1684383311" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 190"></p>
<p><strong>For when you need the password recovery service:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/es/articles/4414065069074" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>How to recover password by email or questions</strong></a></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Create a device group in Safire Control Center">Create a device group in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>In this tutorial, we use <strong>SCC</strong> (<strong>S</strong>afire <strong>C</strong>ontrol <strong>C</strong>enter) Version V3.20.57 build20210726 and a floor plan of an existing shopping mall for this demo</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Tip:</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8220;Right click and open the image or gif in a new tab if it is a large image or gif.&#8221;</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Create a device group in SCC:</strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>SCC </strong>(<strong>S</strong>afire <strong>C</strong>ontrol <strong>C</strong>enter)</li>
<li>Manage Open Devices</li>
<li>In the Device Management section, click Group</li>
<li>Then create a new group and click + Add Group</li>
<li>Give the Group a name</li>
<li>Click op import</li>
<li>Select an option</li>
<li>In the new window select the devices</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410741367442/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 191"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="E-Map in Safire Control Center">E-Map in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>In this tutorial, we use <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>SCC</strong></span> (<span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>S</strong></span>afire <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>ontrol <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>enter) Version V3.20.57 build20210726 and a floor plan of an existing shopping mall for this demonstration</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Depending on the situation, creating a group via device management can be useful when there is more than one device for the plant. By making use of P2P devices it is also possible to deploy in the group</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>Tip:</strong></span></p>
<p><em>&#8220;Right-click and open the image or gif in a new tab if it is a large image or gif.&#8221;</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410735104018/mceclip5.gif" alt="mceclip5.gif" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 192"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Import the blueprint image into SCC:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>SCC</strong></span> (<span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>S</strong></span>afire <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>ontrol <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>enter)</li>
<li>Through the main page in the section</li>
<li>General Application open E-map</li>
<li>In the newly opened E-map tab</li>
<li>Click on Add map</li>
<li>Select the map directory</li>
<li>And OK to import the image</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410747624338/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 193"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Move the devices on the map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the left side, you find the devices of the group</li>
<li>Select keep and move the device on the map</li>
<li>You can adjust the size and length through the circles</li>
<li>Click in the grey zone to edit the name and color</li>
<li>Ok to save</li>
<li>When finished</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410743561746/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 194"></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Live camera or open a door in E-map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open the E-map in SCC</li>
<li>Click on the camera you want to view</li>
<li>Click on the grey play icon and a new window will pop up to view the camera</li>
<li>To open or one of the other actions</li>
<li>Click on the chosen door</li>
<li>In the new window, select the action</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410748283026/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 195"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to manually activate relay outputs on Safire recorders and cameras">How to manually activate relay outputs on Safire recorders and cameras</h1>
<p>To activate the relay output from a Safire video recorder or from an IP camera, we can proceed in two different ways:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Via web component</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018314140/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 196"></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Via Safire Control Center (SCC), the brand&#8217;s main PC software</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018314560/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 197"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018357799/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" width="430" height="385" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 198"></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Via the Safire Connect mobile application </strong>&#8211; works both via IP (local management) and via P2P (remote management)</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018358999/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" width="299" height="610" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 199"> <img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018316000/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 200"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to add a map with the location of the elements in Safire Central">How to add a map with the location of the elements in Safire Central</h1>
<p>In this article we explain several ways to configure different maps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Mode 1: create a map from a GIS</strong></p>
<p>First we open the web server to configure it. From the <em>settings</em> part we can generate a map from a GIS file, as shown in the following screenshot:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/DfxwRmfKJ5OefsJ3yxXsQkCmh/?name=inline1730470227.png" alt="?name=inline1730470227" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 201">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Then, we go to the Logical Visualization part to define which groups of cameras we create and where we will place them.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/ypfZJGH7ZAEpNLmJ3lyUqI2i6/?name=inline-767045370.png" alt="?name=inline 767045370" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 202">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To add a camera to the map, select the camera and the following configuration menu will open:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/SB4Ww5ojdCWnvbSbCv06Ebdta/?name=inline1035171786.png" alt="?name=inline1035171786" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 203">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We select the icon we want (we can also import one), and we will click save. Then the camera will appear on the map.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/w71AgzzX1WbhhceJ6rMc6SpjE/?name=inline-1808979759.png" alt="?name=inline 1808979759" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 204">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In this way we could create a general map with the devices we want. We click on <img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/OCYdg6uxLqxVOfLliWnWLmnUm/?name=inline114130306.png" alt="?name=inline114130306" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 205">​ so that the changes are applied in the Safire Central Control Client and we go right to the Control Client that we just mentioned.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We click on the map that appears in the Safire Central drop-down part to the left of the screenshot, and the map with all the devices that we have configured before will appear in the main part from the web server interface:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/sOWoMT5HJ9RBrfo8t7DNEtmN8/?name=inline-1401686770.png" alt="?name=inline 1401686770" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 206">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Here we can receive the alarms in real time and view the cameras at the time we want.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Mode 2: create individual map</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>First, we select the group on which we will configure the map:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/pDZOYpzfJurXkENZIcEPRKWgg/?name=inline850022007.png" alt="?name=inline850022007" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 207">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We enable the map option, we load an image and we give it to save:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/FbyumlimHJ91xRm5vGQ1VHo9Y/?name=inline-293139618.png" alt="?name=inline 293139618" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 208">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Next, we select each device and enable the map option as we have done previously and click save:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/2dWwuNTxQ8lBI3P6FajNXyrX6/?name=inline1604262716.png" alt="?name=inline1604262716" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 209">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>And the devices will appear on the map:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/QUJMwCq3b99jcG5YiTmnOUrWT/?name=inline-797816797.png" alt="?name=inline 797816797" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 210">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Now we go to the Safire Central Control Client, and update the changes as we have done before:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/xYPjKV0R5TbAxqg9XTeDXupaK/?name=inline88237890.png" alt="?name=inline88237890" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 211">​</p>
<p>We kunnen zien dat we in de groep van verdieping 1 nu ook een MAP hebben, we kunnen deze selecteren en deze verschijnt op het hoofdscherm:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/VGcytrsi0XKrCdvlCFBJWj1TO/?name=inline540508977.png" alt="?name=inline540508977" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 212">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>IMPORTANT: a camera cannot be associated with two different maps (it cannot be associated with a GIS map and an individual map at the same time). If it is selected in the general map, it cannot be associated with another. Similarly, if it is associated with an individual map, it cannot be associated with a general map.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Sending reports by email in Safire Control Center">Sending reports by email in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>To receive e-mails with the reports of the users, we will have to carry out the following steps:</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to the <em>Regular Report</em> section and add as many users as you want to receive the reports:</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016384239/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 213"></p>
<ul>
<li>Then select the user and indicate the email that will receive the report</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016384299/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 214"></p>
<p>The configuration of the email to be sent from the software is done from the following section:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016378400/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 215"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>It will be necessary to first verify that the sender mailbox that has just been selected is properly configured, that is to say, with all the necessary permits to be used by third-party programs.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Change language in Safire Control Center software 3.2.0.54">Change language in Safire Control Center software 3.2.0.54</h1>
<p>Starting from version 3.2.0.54 of Safire Control Center, the language (whose installation pack contained can be downloaded from our web page &#8211; <a href="https://athena-visiotech.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/2Oqj_HMB2AJnMa3v3oAI/Safire_Control_Center_V3.2.0.54_MULTI.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">https://athena-visiotech.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/2Oqj_HMB2AJnMa3v3oAI/Safire_Control_Center_V3.2.0.54_MULTI.zip</a>) can be changed from the following section right after starting the software:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016096640/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 216"></p>
<p>If we have activated the auto login without changing the language, we will have to select the following option so that the software does not start directly:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016096860/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 217"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Change language in Safire Control Center">Change language in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>The language can be changed in the pop-up window, where the Login is made, when accessing the software.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/Pj2eySo6wyDvlYXpZ0faHWgoX/?name=inline-419264673.png" alt="?name=inline 419264673" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 218"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to activate the VCA search filter in Safire Control Center">How to activate the VCA search filter in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>In the following image you can find the path to access this type of search filter in the <em>Remote Playback</em> menu:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/mI11eZ6vPPTBbjTgQhV5lj6GK/?name=inline237523116.png" alt="?name=inline237523116" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 219"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to install Safire Control Center on Windows Server 2012">How to install Safire Control Center on Windows Server 2012</h1>
<p>Generally if you are installing the software on a Windows Server 2012 account with administrator permissions using the latest version that is digitally signed, you will have no problem.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/KA85qbPoNMVWaxamCnU763v2M/?name=inline-1837943209.png" alt="?name=inline 1837943209" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 220">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/zcYLUBncguBGd0eZMrf8q58ay/?name=inline843380897.png" alt="?name=inline843380897" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 221">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Windows Server 2012 R2 is supported by the manufacturer and we know that it has been installed correctly on other occasions.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/hzPBHtcJ19jizmiwn6Gl9CzkA/?name=inline657546111.png" alt="?name=inline657546111" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 222">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Additionally, we recommend checking if any anti-malware or firewall software may be filtering and preventing the normal installation.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Buttons are failing in Safire Control Center!">Buttons are failing in Safire Control Center!</h1>
<p>What to do when some applications of Safire Control Center 3.1.1 just won&#8217;t work or even open?</p>
<p>For example: we press the <em>people</em> button and we visualize the loading roulette, but then it just keeps rolling without actually initiating any process.</p>
<p>We would only have to delete, in the task manager section of our PC, the <em>software watchdog</em> process <em>(32 bits)</em> as shown in the following image. Then, we would just have to run Safire Control Center again.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360012255839/whatchdog.jpg" alt="whatchdog.jpg" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 223"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Blue and Red Flags on the Safire Control Center Calendar">Blue and Red Flags on the Safire Control Center Calendar</h1>
<p><strong>Red</strong>: indicates event recording</p>
<p><strong>Blue</strong>: indicates continuous recording</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360011703139/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 224"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/7zWdpuPkmvxaPfUTCcKFYM3qa/?name=inline360177502.png" alt="?name=inline360177502" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 225"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Login error whilst opening Safire Control Center">Login error whilst opening Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>It is possible that this error appears when you start Safire Control Center:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360009259639/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 226"></p>
<p>What you need to do to avoid this situation to repeat itself is to change the application port, as the 8080 is usually occupied by other applications (especially the other Safire applications, such as the Safire Control Center AC).</p>
<p>Our recommendation is to change it to anything that is not being used. For example 8081 or 7999.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="P2P cloud ports targeted by a SAFIRE device">P2P cloud ports targeted by a SAFIRE device</h1>
<p>For both cameras and video recorders that connect to the cloud via P2P service, the ports they use for connection are:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360008509499/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 227"></p>
<p>They can be addressed to different domains:</p>
<ul>
<li>litedev.eu.guardingvision.com</li>
<li>litedev.guardingvision.com</li>
<li>dev.eu.guardingvision.com</li>
<li>litedev.guardingvision.com</li>
</ul>
<p>On the other hand, the cloud ports are:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360008514319/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center setup guide 228"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Playback speed on Safire recorders from Safire Connect">Playback speed on Safire recorders from Safire Connect</h1>
<p>Here is the table of Safire video recorder models that supports playback speed increase from the app:</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6116-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6104-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6108-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8216A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8104A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8104H</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8108H</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6116A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6108A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6104A-HEVC</p>
<p>The models that do NOT belong to this list are:</p>
<p>&#8211; AI recorders</p>
<p>&#8211; recorders with audio over coax</p>
<p>&#8211; PoC recorders</p>
<p>&#8211; models with a higher number of channels, such as 24, 32, etc..</p>
<p>We do not exclude that this functionality will appear in future updates or new versions included in these last 4 groups.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Zoom problems Safire Connect APP">Zoom problems Safire Connect APP</h1>
<p>This happens in version V3.10.1.1015 and is resolved with the following update.</p>
<p>The problem is usually the horizontal left-right movement after having entered the digital zoom, since the channel change is prioritized over the displacement within the same zoom.</p>
<p>Possible solutions:</p>
<p>&#8211; select only the camera of interest before opening its image, rather than selecting it from a group of preloaded video streams</p>
<p>&#8211; perform a vertical physical movement (up-down) and, without lifting the finger, perform the horizontal movement, which will already be done correctly.</p>
<p>A video clip follows to better understand the second option.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/VXQLGdERb9oBscA7zPcSeRvGB/?name=video_2019-11-08_11-59-48.mp4" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">video_2019-11-08_11-&#8230;mp4</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>iCMS-Pro Full User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/icms-pro-full-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/icms-pro-full-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2023 19:00:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[C3 CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCMS-Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OSD setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swann Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1453</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[iCMS-Pro Full User Guide, The way in which video from your surveillance system’s cameras is displayed in the iCMS Pro ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/icms-pro-full-user-guide/#more-1453" aria-label="Read more about iCMS-Pro Full User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>iCMS-Pro Full User Guide, The way in which video from your surveillance system’s cameras is displayed in the iCMS Pro SW is called a view. A single view may contain video from up to 64 cameras. Your SW can handle an unlimited number of views, allowing you to switch between video from various collections of cameras. Each view&#8217;s layout can be customized to fit its contents.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark0"></a> Introduction</p>
<p>The SW must be installed locally on your computer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="349" class="wp-image-1454" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 1" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 305" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-1.jpeg 695w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-1-300x151.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></p>
<p>Tabs</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>Application Buttons</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>। Panes l_ _ _ _ _ .</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark2"></a> Tabs</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="459" height="49" class="wp-image-1455" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 2" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 306" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-2.jpeg 459w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-2-300x32.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /></p>
<p>The SW has three main areas.</p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>Live </strong>tab for viewing live video</li>
<li>The <strong>Playback </strong>tab for viewing recorded video</li>
<li>The <strong>Setup </strong>tab for configuring views.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark4"></a> Panes</p>
<p>Panes give you access to the majority of the SW. exactly which panes you will see depends on your task, for example on whether you are viewing live video on the Live tab or recorded video on the Playback tab.</p>
<p>Panes can be minimized to icons. This helps save space, and enables a better overview of the panes you use. You minimize a pane by clicking the ‘▲’ in the pane&#8217;s title bar. When you need to use a pane which you have previously minimized, simply click the corresponding icon in the top left corner of the SW.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="639" height="94" class="wp-image-1456" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 3" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 307" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-3.jpeg 639w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-3-300x44.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 639px) 100vw, 639px" /></p>
<p><em>Pane icons from the live TAB.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark6"></a> View</p>
<p>The way in which video from your surveillance system’s cameras is displayed in the iCMS Pro SW is called a view. A single view may contain video from up to 64 cameras. Your SW can handle an unlimited number of views, allowing you to switch between video from various collections of cameras. Each view&#8217;s layout can be customized to fit its contents.</p>
<p>Views can be private or shared with other users.</p>
<p>The SW also supports multiple windows and screens, allowing you to watch multiple views at a time on multi monitors.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark8"></a> Application buttons</p>
<p>Let you select basic SW actions.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="306" height="73" class="wp-image-1457" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 4" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 308" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-4.jpeg 306w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-4-300x72.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 306px) 100vw, 306px" /></p>
<p><em>from the left to right the buttons are</em> :</p>
<p><strong>Virtual keyboard</strong></p>
<p><strong>Options </strong>: configure language, Local path for backup/image, position of panes</p>
<p><strong>Log out</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark10"></a> What can you Do with iCMS Pro?</p>
<p>With the SW, you are able to:</p>
<ul>
<li>View live videos from cameras on the surveillance system.</li>
<li>Play back recordings from cameras on the surveillance system with a selection of advanced navigation tools, including a highly intuitive timeline browser</li>
<li>Create and switch between an unlimited number of views, each able to display images from up to 64 cameras from multiple devices at a time Views can be placed in private groups (only accessible by the user who created them) or in groups shared with other users.</li>
<li>Create special views for widescreen monitors.</li>
<li>Use multiple screens as well as floating windows for displaying different views simultaneously.</li>
<li>Quickly substitute one or more of a view’s cameras with other cameras.</li>
<li>View images from several cameras, one after the other, in a single camera position ( a so- called carousel).</li>
<li>Control PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zoom) cameras.</li>
<li>Use digital zoom on live as well as recorded images.</li>
<li>Manually activate triggered events.</li>
<li>Manually activate external outputs (e.g. sirens or light)</li>
<li>Use sound notifications for attracting attention to detected events.</li>
<li>Skip gaps during playback of recordings.</li>
<li>Print images.</li>
<li>Export recordings (e.g. for use as evidence) in AVI (movie clip), JPEG/BMP/PNG (still image). The AVI file can include audio.</li>
<li>Select between a numbers of language versions.</li>
<li>Get a physical overview of the entire systems under surveillance.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark12"></a> How Can User Rights Affect Your Use of iCMS Pro SW?</p>
<p>The rights of an individual user will determine the user’s ability to use the iCMS Pro SW features.</p>
<p>Basically, the administrator is able to restrict a user’s rights to the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Access to each of the iCMS Pro tabs: Live, Playback, and Setup</li>
<li>Ability to use features on the iCMS Pro tabs</li>
<li>Ability to create views (views determine the way in which images from one or more</li>
</ul>
<p>cameras are displayed)</p>
<ul>
<li>Ability to view images from specific cameras</li>
</ul>
<p>The ability to use various features of the iCMS Pro SW may therefore vary considerably from user to user.</p>
<h2>iCMS-Pro Full User Guide</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/840/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/">ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/password-tools/359/swann-security-devices-password-reset-guide/">Swann Security devices Password Reset Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/352/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/">C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark14"></a> Minimum System Requirements</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Operating System</td>
<td>Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows Server 2003 (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows Server 2008 R1/R2 (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows Vista® Business (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows Vista Enterprise (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows Vista Ultimate (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows 7 Professional (32 bit or 64 bit*), Windows 7 Enterprise (32 bit or 64 bit*) or Windows 7 Ultimate (32 bit or 64 bit*). * Running as a 32 bit application.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel® Core2™ Duo, minimum 2.4 GHz or higher (more powerful CPU recommended for iCMS Pro SW running high number of cameras and multiple views and displays).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>Minimum 1 GB (higher RAM recommended for SW running high number of cameras and multiple views and displays).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network</td>
<td>Ethernet, 100 Mbit or higher recommended.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Graphics Adapter</td>
<td>AGP or PCI-Express, minimum 1024&#215;768 (1280&#215;1024 recommended), 16 bit colors.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hard Disk Space</td>
<td>Minimum 100 MB free.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Software</td>
<td>Microsoft .NET 3.5 Framework with Service Pack 1 or newer, DirectX 9.0 or newer.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Tip: To check which DirectX version is installed on a computer, click Start, select Run&#8230;, and type dxdiag. When you click OK, the DirectX Diagnostic Tool window will open; version information is displayed near the bottom of its System tab. If your computer requires a DirectX update, the latest versions of DirectX are available from<a href="http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/</a></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark16"></a> Installing the iCMS Pro SW</p>
<p>The SW must be installed on your computer before you are able to use it.</p>
<p>Typically, you copy the executive file from the CD that is carried with device, and then install the file on your computer.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark18"></a> Installation from CD</p>
<p>To install the iCMS Pro SW from a CD, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Verify that your computer meets the iCMS Pro SW system requirements.</li>
<li>Insert the surveillance system software CD, wait for a short while, then click the iCMS Pro</li>
</ol>
<p>installation icon.</p>
<p>Tip: Depending on your security settings, you may receive one or more security warnings when clicking the link (Do you want to run or save this file? Do you want to run this software? or similar; exact wording depends on your browser version). When this is the case, accept the security warnings (by clicking the Run button or similar; exact button names depend on your browser version).</p>
<ol>
<li>When the installation wizard starts, click ‘Next’ to continue the installation and follow the steps in the installation wizard.</li>
<li>The wizard will suggest an installation path. Normally, you can simply go ahead and use the suggested installation path</li>
<li>Click ‘Next’ buttons and waiting progress of installation.</li>
<li>Complete.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark20"></a> Logging In to the iCMS Pro SW</p>
<p>To log in to the SW, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click iCMS Pro shortcut on your desktop. If no iCMS Pro desktop shortcut is available, select the iCMS Pro from Windows’ Start menu (exactly how you do this is determined by where and how you have installed the iCMS Pro on your computer, but you would typically select Start &gt; All Programs &gt; iCMS Pro &gt; iCMS Pro).</li>
<li>A splash screen is displayed while the iCMS Pro loads; this typically takes a few seconds only.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="265" class="wp-image-1458" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 5" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 309" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-5.jpeg 457w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-5-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="342" height="205" class="wp-image-1459" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 6" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 310" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-6.jpeg 342w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-6-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 342px) 100vw, 342px" /></p>
<p>3. The SW login window appears:</p>
<p><strong>Live</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback Setup</strong></p>
<p>Default : User ID (ADMIN), Password (1234)</p>
<ol>
<li>After a short wait, the iCMS Pro window will open. The iCMS Pro window has three tabs: Live, Playback and Setup.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Live tab is used for viewing live video, the Playback tab is used for browsing recorded video on PC or each device remotely, and the Setup tab is used for configuring the iCMS Pro SW. Depending on your user rights, you may not be able to access all three tabs.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark22"></a> Selecting Language</p>
<p>In the iCMS Pro SW, you are often able to select between different language versions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the Options button in the right side of the iCMS Pro top bar.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="70" class="wp-image-1460" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 7" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 311"></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Options dialog, select Language, then the required language.</li>
<li>The iCMS Pro SW must be restarted in order for the change to take effect: Close your</li>
</ol>
<p>SW, then log in again to use the new language version.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark24"></a> Views Explained</p>
<p>The way in which video from one or more cameras are displayed in the iCMS Pro SW is called a view.</p>
<p>A view may contain video from up to 64 cameras, depending on the surveillance system to which you connect. The iCMS Pro SW can handle an unlimited number of views, allowing you to switch between video from various collections of cameras.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="201" class="wp-image-1461" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 8" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 312" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-8.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-8-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> The illustration to the right provides an example of a iCMS Pro displaying a view, in this case with video from 10 different cameras (view is highlighted in red frame).</p>
<p>In order to help you maintain an easy overview when you navigate between various views in your iCMS Pro SW, all views are placed in folders called groups. A group can contain any number of views and, if required, subgroups.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark26"></a> Difference between Private and Shared Views</p>
<p>Views can be private or shared:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Private </strong>views can only be accessed by the user who created them.</li>
<li><strong>Shared </strong>views allow many users to share the same views.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark28"></a> Setup of Views</p>
<p>You create and manage views on the iCMS Pro Setup tab.</p>
<ul>
<li>Private and shared</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="386" class="wp-image-1462" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 9" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 313" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-9.jpeg 460w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-9-300x252.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark30"></a> Creating Private Views</p>
<p>Views are created on the iCMS Pro Setup tab.</p>
<p>To create your first private view, you first create a group under the Setup tab’s Private top-level folder, then create the required view within the group.</p>
<p><strong>Creating a Group</strong></p>
<p>To create a group under the Private top-level folder, do the following on the Setup tab:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Setup tab’s Views pane, select the Private top-level folder.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="149" class="wp-image-1463" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 10" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 314" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-10.jpeg 429w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-10-300x104.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the Create New Group button:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="360" class="wp-image-1464" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 11" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 315" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-11.jpeg 422w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-11-300x256.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>A new group is created. The new group is simply named New Group.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="170" class="wp-image-1465" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 12" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 316" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-12.jpeg 428w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-12-300x119.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Overwrite the default name New Group with a group name of your choice.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="184" class="wp-image-1466" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 13" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 317" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-13.jpeg 421w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-13-300x131.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></p>
<p>You are now able to create a view within the group.</p>
<p><strong>Creating a View within the Group</strong></p>
<p>To create a view in a group, do the following:</p>
<p>1. In the Setup tab’s Views pane, make sure the group in which you want to create the</p>
<p>view is selected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="425" height="368" class="wp-image-1467" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 14" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-14.jpeg 425w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-14-300x260.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="404" class="wp-image-1468" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 15" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-15.jpeg 350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-15-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></p>
<p>2. Click the Create View button:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required layout for your new view. You are able to select layouts for displaying up to 64 (8&#215;8) cameras in a single view.</li>
<li>A new view is created under the group you selected. The new view carries the default name New View.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="433" height="171" class="wp-image-1469" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 16" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-16.jpeg 433w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-16-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Overwrite the default name with a view name of your choice.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="163" class="wp-image-1470" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 17" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-17.jpeg 429w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-17-300x114.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></p>
<p>You are now able to add cameras to the view.</p>
<p>Tip: A group can contain an unlimited number of views. You may also create any number of subgroups if required.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark32"></a> Creating Shared Views</p>
<p>Views are created on the iCMS Pro setup tab.</p>
<p>To create your first shared view, you first create a group under the required shared top-level folder, then create the required view within the group. If you have created shared views before, you may create the new view in an existing group, or you may create a new group for the view.</p>
<p><strong>Creating a Group</strong></p>
<p>To create a group under a shared top-level folder, do the following on the Setup tab:</p>
<p>1. In the Setup tab’s Views pane, select the Shared top-level folder (in this example, the</p>
<p>required folder is simply called Shared).</p>
<p>2. Click the Create Group button:</p>
<p>3. A new group is created. The new group is simply named New Group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="293" class="wp-image-1471" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 18" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-18.jpeg 429w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-18-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="458" class="wp-image-1472" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 19" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-19.jpeg 430w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-19-282x300.jpeg 282w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="277" class="wp-image-1473" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 20" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 324" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-20.jpeg 413w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-20-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></p>
<p>4. Overwrite the default name New Group with a group name of your choice.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="293" class="wp-image-1474" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 21" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-21.jpeg 415w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-21-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>You are now able to create a view within the group.</p>
<p><strong>Creating a View within the Group</strong></p>
<p>To create a view in a group, do the following:</p>
<p>1. In the Setup tab’s Views pane, make sure the group in which you want to create the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="164" class="wp-image-1475" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 22" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-22.jpeg 427w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-22-300x115.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="347" class="wp-image-1476" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 23" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-23.jpeg 432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-23-300x241.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="404" class="wp-image-1477" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 24" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 328" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-24.jpeg 349w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-24-259x300.jpeg 259w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></p>
<p>view is selected.</p>
<p>2. Click the Create New View button:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required layout for your new view. You are able to select layouts for displaying up to 64 (8&#215;8) cameras in a single view</li>
<li>A new view is created under the group you selected. The new view carries the default name New View:</li>
</ol>
<p>&lt;*&gt; View</p>
<p>[3 P? Private</p>
<p>H Shamed</p>
<p>H ^3 Gruopl</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="34" class="wp-image-1478" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 25" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 329"></p>
<p>New View</p>
<ol>
<li>Overwrite the default name with a view name of your choice. You are now able to add cameras to the view.</li>
</ol>
<p>Tip: A group can contain an unlimited number of views. You may also create any number of subgroups if required.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark34"></a> Renaming Views or Groups</p>
<p>To rename a view or group, do the following on the Setup tab:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required view or group in the Views pane.</li>
<li>Click the Rename button:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="54" class="wp-image-1479" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 26" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-26.jpeg 426w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-26-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Overwrite the existing group name with a new name of your choice.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark36"></a> Deleting Views or Groups</p>
<p>IMPORTANT: Deleting a group will delete all views and any subgroups within the group as well.</p>
<p>To delete a view or group, do the following on the Setup tab:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required view or group in the Views pane.</li>
<li>Click the Delete button:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="54" class="wp-image-1480" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 27" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 331" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-27.jpeg 429w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-27-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>You will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the selected view or group.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark38"></a> How to Add Content to Views</p>
<p>Once you have created views, you are able to add content to the views. Content can be video from individual cameras or devices, carousels for viewing images from alternating cameras in a single view position.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark40"></a> Adding Individual Cameras</p>
<p>To add a camera to a view, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Setup tab’s Views pane, select the required view. When you select a view, the layout of the selected view is outlined in the main section of the iCMS Pro window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="271" class="wp-image-1481" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 28" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-28.jpeg 507w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-28-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></p>
<p>Layout of selected view is outlined in main section</p>
<p>(Indicated in red frame in this example)</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Setup tab’s System Overview pane, click the plus sign(+) next to Cameras, then the</li>
</ol>
<p>plus sign next to the required server to view a list of available cameras.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="258" class="wp-image-1482" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 29" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-29.jpeg 436w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-29-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required camera from the list, and drag the camera to the required position in the view. When you have dragged a camera to a position in the view, an image from the camera will—provided a connection can be established—appear in the selected position. If a connection cannot be established, for example if the surveillance system’s is not on recording mode, the name of the camera will be displayed in the selected position.</li>
<li>Repeat for each camera required in the view.</li>
</ol>
<p>Tip: If you want to use all of the cameras under a server, you may simply drag the required server link to the view; this will automatically place all of the server’s cameras in the view from the selected position onwards. Make sure a sufficient number of positions are available in the view.</p>
<p>Tip: You can easily change which cameras are included in your view: clear an individual camera position by right clicking the remove button, then drag another camera to the cleared position, or simply overwrite a position by dragging a different camera to the position.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="336" class="wp-image-1483" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 30" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-30.jpeg 277w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-30-247x300.jpeg 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 277px) 100vw, 277px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="253" class="wp-image-1484" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 31" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-31.jpeg 842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-31-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-31-768x231.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>Example: The same image viewed with Maintain Image,</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark42"></a> Adjusting View Properties</p>
<p>In the Setup tab’s view Properties pane, you are able to adjust osd and camera view.</p>
<p><strong>Maintain Image Aspect Ratio</strong></p>
<p>If the check box is selected, images will not be stretched to fit the size of the camera position.</p>
<p>Rather, images will be displayed with the aspect ratio (height/width relationship) with which they have been recorded.</p>
<p>When viewing images with their original aspect ratio, you may see horizontal or vertical black bars appearing around the images from some cameras.</p>
<p>If the check box is cleared, images will be stretched to fit the position in the view; this may lead to slightly distorted images, but you will avoid any black bars appearing around the images.</p>
<p>Aspect Ratio selected (left) and cleared (right)</p>
<p><strong>OSD settings (All views)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Show title bar: </strong>Displays a title bar located in the top of each camera position. The title bar helpsusers quickly identify camera name, Recording Status and live indicator.</p>
<p><strong>Show indicator: </strong>Displays a blinking green indicator in the title bar when displayed on the Live tab. The indicator changes state every time a new image is received from the camera, an effect which makes it easy to see that video is live. Often, it is evident from the video itself that it is live, but the live indicator can be advantageous at times when not much is happening in the camera&#8217;s area of view.</p>
<p><strong>Show icon: </strong>Displays a camera icon in the top of each camera.</p>
<p><strong>Show name: </strong>Displays a camera name in the top of each camera.</p>
<p><strong>Show resolution: </strong>Displays the current image resolution at the bottom of each camera.</p>
<p><strong>Show date and time: </strong>Displays the current date and time at the bottom of each camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark44"></a> Adding Carousels</p>
<p>A carousel is used for displaying images from several cameras, one after the other, in a single view position. You are able to specify which cameras to include in the carousel as well as the interval between camera changes.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the setup tab, drag the System Overview pane’s Carousel to the required position in the view. When you release the mouse button over the required position, the Carousel Setup window opens.</li>
<li>In the Carousel Setup window, specify which cameras to include in the carousel by selecting required cameras in the left part of the window, then clicking the Add button to add the selected cameras to the list in the right part of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="421" class="wp-image-1485" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 32" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-32.jpeg 539w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-32-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>If required, move cameras up and down in the list to determine the sequence in which</li>
</ol>
<p>cameras will appear in the carousel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Define the amount of time for which each camera should be displayed in the carousel;</li>
</ol>
<p>either with a common default, or individually for each camera.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click OK to close the Carousel Setup window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="555" height="333" class="wp-image-1486" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 33" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-33.jpeg 555w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-33-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /></p>
<p><em>Carousel indicator will be positioned at right bottoms at the selected channel.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark46"></a> Adding Static Images</p>
<p>Static images can be used in views for a variety of purposes: for company logos, for including floor plans or maps in the view, for including photos of wanted persons, etc.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the setup tab, drag the System Overview pane’s Image item to the required position in the view.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="319" class="wp-image-1487" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 34" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-34.jpeg 421w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-34-300x227.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Release the mouse button over the required position. When you release the mouse button, you are able to select the required static image file.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark48"></a> Further Configuration</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark50"></a> The Options Dialog</p>
<p>The Options dialog lets you control the language selection, position of navigator, timeline for playback and the path for snapshot &amp; Backup.</p>
<p>You access the Options dialog by clicking the Options button in the top right corner of the Smart Client window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="226" height="71" class="wp-image-1488" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 35" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 339"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="506" class="wp-image-1489" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 36" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-36.jpeg 582w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-36-300x261.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark52"></a> Language Options</p>
<p>In the iCMS Pro SW, you are often able to select between different language versions.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Application Options dialog, select the Language tab, then the required language.</li>
<li>The SW must be restarted in order for the change to take effect: Close your SW, then log in again to use the new language version.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark54"></a> Application Options</p>
<p>The Options dialog&#8217;s Application tab lets you customize the general behavior and look of your</p>
<p>SW.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="343" height="71" class="wp-image-1490" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 37" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-37.jpeg 343w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-37-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 343px) 100vw, 343px" /></p>
<p><strong>Information</strong>: display the version of iCMS Pro SW.</p>
<p><strong>Application minimization</strong>: If you select Minimized button the SW will be positioned on window task bar as icon.</p>
<p><strong>Application maximization</strong>: Select how the SW should react when you click the Maximize button in the top right corner. If you select Maximize to full screen, the SW will cover any Windows task bar on your screen when maximized.</p>
<p><strong>Quit</strong>: stop to run the iCMS Pro SW.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="206" class="wp-image-1491" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 38" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-38.jpeg 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-38-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /><a id="post-1453-bookmark56"></a> Viewing Live Video</p>
<p>You view live video on the iCMS Pro Live tab. When you select the iCMS Pro Live tab, the SW will connect to the surveillance system server, and display live images from the cameras in the selected view.</p>
<p>Tip: The SW supports use of multiple windows. This is especially useful if your computer has more than one physical display attached.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark58"></a> Live Video Is Not Necessarily Recorded</p>
<p>Even though you can see live video from a given camera, the video stream from the camera is not necessarily being recorded.</p>
<p>This is actually one of the benefits of an IP-based digital surveillance system: Unlike old-style analog surveillance systems, where everything was usually recorded on a tape regardless whether it was relevant or not, an IP-based digital surveillance system allows much more targeted recording.</p>
<p>Targeted recording frees security personnel, investigators, etc. from having to go through seemingly endless amounts of recordings in order to find a particular incident. Instead, the reduced amount of recordings..</p>
<p>Basically, live video streams from cameras pass through the surveillance system server. When required, the video stream is saved (recorded) on the server; when not required, the video stream is simply discarded. Video streams are typically saved on the server (recorded) either</p>
<p>• According to a schedule (example: every morning from 10.00 to 11.30)</p>
<p>&#8211; or/and &#8211;</p>
<p>• Whenever the surveillance system detects special events (examples: motion generated by a person entering a room; a sensor registering that a window is being opened; input from users).</p>
<p>The surveillance system server’s recording settings are determined by your surveillance system administrator. However, as a iCMS Pro SW user, you can also start recording while viewing live video.</p>
<p>Tip: When viewing live video on the iCMS Pro Live tab, you can quickly verify whether the video stream from a camera is being recorded: Look at the yellow bar immediately above the camera’s images. If the video stream from the camera is being recorded, the bar will display Rec. Note that you may occasionally see the Recording letters for short periods only. This is because cameras may have been configured to record only when there is motion, when a door is open, or similar, which can lead to many short periods of recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark60"></a> Views and their Content</p>
<p><strong>Selecting a view</strong></p>
<p>You are basically able to select a view for display on the Live tab as below.</p>
<p>Selecting the required view in the Live tab’s Views pane:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="433" height="348" class="wp-image-1492" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 39" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-39.jpeg 433w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-39-300x241.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px" /></p>
<p>You can (provided you have the necessary user rights) start recording while viewing live video. See page 61 for more information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark62"></a> Camera Names and Colored Indicators</p>
<p>The display item can be selected on ‘View Properties’ of Setup Pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="402" class="wp-image-1493" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 40" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-40.jpeg 261w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-40-195x300.jpeg 195w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></p>
<p>The bar displays the name of the camera as well as the name of the device to which the camera is connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="46" class="wp-image-1494" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 41" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-41.jpeg 721w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-41-300x19.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="291" height="264" class="wp-image-1495" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 42" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 346"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="31" class="wp-image-1496" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 43" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 347"> Each bar will display <strong>Live </strong>when live images are displayed, <strong>Rec </strong>if video from the camera in question is being recorded.</p>
<p><strong>Live indicator </strong>(flashing</p>
<p>green ): Changes state every time a new image is received from the</p>
<p>camera</p>
<p>green): display when the device is under recording mode.</p>
<p><strong>Recording indicator </strong>(solid</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark64"></a> Carousel Positions</p>
<p>A carousel is used for displaying images from several cameras, one after the other, in a single view position.</p>
<p>If a position in one of your views contains a carousel, you will be able to recognize it by the following characteristics:</p>
<ul>
<li>It displays images from different cameras, one after the other</li>
<li>It is marked as Carousel at position</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="332" class="wp-image-1497" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 44" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-44.jpeg 545w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-44-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></p>
<p><em>You can enlarge a carousel by double-clicking the carousel position.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark66"></a> Enlarging Camera Positions</p>
<p>To enlarge images from a particular camera in a view, double-click the camera position. To return to normal view, simply double-click the blue image bar again.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark68"></a> Handling Sound Notifications</p>
<p>Your SW may have been configured to notify you with a sound notification when:</p>
<p>Events related to one or more specific cameras occur</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="422" class="wp-image-1498" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 45" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-45.jpeg 423w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-45-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-45-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark70"></a> Audio (Microphones)</p>
<p>The SW supports incoming audio: From the SW you can listen to live recordings from microphones attached to cameras.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="183" class="wp-image-1499" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 46" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-46.jpeg 432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-46-300x127.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></p>
<p>You handle audio in the Live tab’s Audio pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark72"></a> Listening</p>
<p>To listen to live audio, select the required microphone from the Audio In list.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark74"></a> Audio when Camera is in Playback Mode</p>
<p>If the selected camera is in playback mode, you will hear any recorded audio from that camera&#8217;s default microphone and, if supported, speaker. The Live tab&#8217;s Audio pane will in that case have no function.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark76"></a> Digital Zoom</p>
<p>The right clicks of mouse lets you use digital zoom on images from any camera displayed in the view. Your use of digital zoom will not affect any recording of the images; any recording will still take place in the camera’s regular format. If you later wish to browse the recordings, you can use</p>
<p>digital zoom with same action (mouse right click).</p>
<p>H Remove &amp; Remove All</p>
<p>IflU Snapshot</p>
<p>Print</p>
<p>Digital Zoom</p>
<p>|»H Full Screen</p>
<p>Multi Monitor s Float View</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark78"></a> Digital Zoom Features</p>
<p>When digital zoom is enabled, you will see a Zoom ratio in the top right corner of each of the view’s camera positions. Once you zoom in on an area of an image, you can move the other area by simply dragging of mouse.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark80"></a> Zoom with Mouse Wheel</p>
<p>you are able to zoom in and out using the scroll wheel on your mouse, provided your mouse is equipped with a scroll wheel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="245" class="wp-image-1500" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 47" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-47.jpeg 401w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-47-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="400" height="243" class="wp-image-1501" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 48" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-48.jpeg 400w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-48-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></p>
<p><em>Change the zoom ratio up to 10x by mouse wheel scroll.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark82"></a> Using PTZ</p>
<p>If your views contain PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zoom) cameras, you can control the PTZ cameras with the Live tab’s PTZ Control pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark84"></a> PTZ Navigation Buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="264" height="399" class="wp-image-1502" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 49" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 353" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-49.jpeg 264w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-49-198x300.jpeg 198w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 264px) 100vw, 264px" /> Use the navigation buttons in the PTZ Control pane to move the selected PTZ camera.</p>
<p>The <strong>Arrow buttons </strong>let you move the position of camera view.</p>
<p>The item of ‘<strong>ZOOM</strong>’, ‘<strong>FOCUS</strong>’ and ‘<strong>Iris</strong>’ let user can control the item manually.</p>
<p><strong>POSITION STEP </strong>is a distance during Pan/ Tilt works.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark86"></a> PTZ Preset Positions</p>
<p>You can set the preset of PTZ camera from PTZ control panel.</p>
<p>If preset positions have been defined for the selected PTZ camera already, you are able to select such positions.</p>
<p>To set preset.</p>
<ol>
<li>Move the PTZ view point by navigator arrow.</li>
<li>Select any number for preset numbering.</li>
<li>Press [SET] button to save the position.</li>
</ol>
<p>To run preset.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select one of preset number on the list.</li>
<li>Press [Goto] button, PTZ camera view will move to predefined position.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark88"></a> Manually Activating Output</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="309" class="wp-image-1503" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 50" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-50.jpeg 422w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-50-300x220.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /> If external outputs have been defined on your surveillance system, for example for switching on lights or sounding a siren, such output can be activated from the iCMS Pro Live tab.</p>
<p>Select the required output in the Alarm Out pane. Then click the <strong>Active </strong>button</p>
<p>Or user can deactivate the alarm out from the active state of Alarm out by [<strong>Inactive</strong>] button.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark90"></a> Viewing Recorded Video</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="115" class="wp-image-1504" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 51" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-51.jpeg 461w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-51-300x75.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /> You view recorded video on the iCMS Pro Playback tab.</p>
<p>When you select the Playback tab, the SW will display recording time table and Playback control panel.</p>
<p>You can follow below steps to start playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="316" height="150" class="wp-image-1505" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 52" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-52.jpeg 316w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-52-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 316px) 100vw, 316px" /></p>
<p>1. Select a Playback Tab.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a device from the recording time table.</li>
<li>Select a time for starting at Play control panel or select a start point from recording table.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="214" height="258" class="wp-image-1506" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 53" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 357"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="97" class="wp-image-1507" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-54.png" alt="word image 1453 54" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 358"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="330" height="258" class="wp-image-1508" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 55" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-55.jpeg 330w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-55-300x235.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 330px) 100vw, 330px" /></p>
<p>*The time line can be expanded up to 5 minute term when left click of mouse on time label. Right click of the mouse will compress the time line.</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="333" class="wp-image-1509" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 56" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-56.jpeg 430w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-56-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /> Then press the Play icon button.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark92"></a> Views of playback</p>
<p><strong>Selecting a View</strong></p>
<p>You are able to change a view during playback as select a view icon.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="502" class="wp-image-1510" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 57" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-57.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-57-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-57-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark94"></a> Video Playback Features</p>
<p><strong>Timeline Browser</strong></p>
<p>The timeline browser displays an overview of periods with recordings from each devices displayed in your current view.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="169" class="wp-image-1511" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 58" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-58.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-58-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-58-768x138.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<p>The number of timelines displayed in the timeline browser reflects the number of cameras of device. Cameras with an audio device attached are represented by a double timeline: a timeline displaying periods with video recordings and a timeline displaying periods with audio recordings. Up to 16 cameras can be displayed with audio timelines. If 16 cameras with associated audio are included in the view</p>
<p>To browse recordings using the timeline browser, click inside the timeline browser, and move your mouse right or left without releasing the mouse button or just click it</p>
<p><strong>Green</strong>: Recording period with continuous</p>
<p><strong>Red </strong>: Recording period with Alarm detection.</p>
<p><strong>Blue </strong>: Recording period with motion</p>
<p><strong>Yellow</strong>: Recording period with pre buffered recording period.</p>
<p><strong>Gray </strong>: Recording period with Audio.</p>
<p>Tip: You can quickly change the timeline browser’s time span by pressing the left click of mouse.</p>
<p>. Position of the Timeline Browser</p>
<p>the default position of timeline for recording data is bottom of view. But you can change the position as vertical view at option menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="72" class="wp-image-1512" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 59" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 363"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="367" class="wp-image-1513" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 60" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-60.jpeg 422w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-60-300x261.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="70" class="wp-image-1514" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 61" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 365"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="180" height="590" class="wp-image-1515" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 62" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 366"></p>
<p><strong>Time Navigation</strong></p>
<p>The Playback tab’s Time Navigation pane provides you with controls for browsing and playing back recorded image from each device.</p>
<p><strong>(») PlayControf</strong></p>
<p>2014 / 11 / 4 ijue)</p>
<p>11 : 53 : 47</p>
<p>IM M ■« ■ ► ►! ►!!</p>
<p>Speed</p>
<p>sl/64- &#8211; &#8211; &#8211; &#8211; xl x64</p>
<p>The area in the upper part of the Time Navigation pane shows the time and date of the recordings viewed.</p>
<p><strong><em>Browse Buttons.</em></strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="54" class="wp-image-1516" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 63" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-63.jpeg 375w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-63-300x43.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /> The Time Navigation pane’s brows buttons lets you manually navigate through recordings from the devices (DVR/ IP camera data on PC server).</p>
<p><strong><em>From the left to right on browse buttons.</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>First image </strong>: move to the first image in the data base for selected device</p>
<p><strong>Previous image</strong>: move to the image just before the one currently viewed.</p>
<p><strong>Play Reverse</strong>: Playback recordings backwards in time.</p>
<p><strong>Stop</strong>: stop / pause to playback the image.</p>
<p><strong>Forward</strong>: playback recording forward in time.</p>
<p><strong>Next image</strong>: move to the image just next the one currently viewed.</p>
<p><strong>Last image</strong>: move to the last image in the data base for selected device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="330" class="wp-image-1517" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 64" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-64.jpeg 435w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-64-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /><strong>Speed controller of playback</strong></p>
<p>You can slide the indicator to control the speed of playback during play the image.</p>
<p>From 1/64X(slowest)~ 64X(fastest).</p>
<p><strong>Digital Zoom</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="252" class="wp-image-1518" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 65" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 369"> Just like on the live view, the right clicks of mouse lets you use digital zoom on images from any camera displayed during playback.</p>
<p>Your use of digital zoom will not affect any recording of the images; any recording will still take place in the camera’s regular format.</p>
<p><strong><em>What is the difference between optical and digital zoom?</em></strong></p>
<p>With optical zoom, a camera’s lens elements physically move to provide the required angle of view. You cannot use optical zoom when viewing recorded video, simply because you cannot move the camera’s lens retroactively. With digital zoom, the required portion of an image is enlarged by cropping the image and then resizing it back to the pixel size of the original image—a process called interpolation. Digital zoom thus simulates optical zoom, but the digitally zoomed portion will have a lower quality than the original image. Digital zoom works equally well on live and recorded video.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark96"></a> Exporting Single Images</p>
<p>You are able to export single still images from selected cameras. Exported images can then be saved (as bitmap/Jpg/Png images) into PC, You can only export a single image from a single camera at a time.</p>
<p>To export:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required view.</li>
<li>Right-click inside the required camera position; you now get access to the menu.</li>
<li>In the menu, select ‘snapshot’. You can now export the file as image.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark98"></a> Printing Evidence</p>
<p>In playback screen, you are able to print recorded images.</p>
<p>Select the required camera in the view.</p>
<p>Right-click inside the required camera position.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="394" height="480" class="wp-image-1519" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 66" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-66.jpeg 394w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-66-246x300.jpeg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="405" height="357" class="wp-image-1520" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 67" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-67.jpeg 405w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-67-300x264.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /> In the menu, select ‘Print’, you can print the image on local or network print</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark100"></a> Exporting in AVI and Still image</p>
<p>Select the iCMS Pro Playback tab.</p>
<p>In the Playback tab’s Backup pane, specify when the period to be covered by the export should start. You do this by typing the required date in the first Start Time field and the time in the second field.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="206" class="wp-image-1521" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 68" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-68.jpeg 326w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-68-300x190.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-68-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /> In the End Time fields, specify end date and time for the backup</p>
<p><strong>Backup</strong></p>
<p><strong>Start Time:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Select Camera:</strong></p>
<p>I Select Video</p>
<p><strong>Schedule Backup</strong></p>
<p><strong>Backup</strong></p>
<p>Select the required camera from the camera list. You from the list</p>
<p>Click the Backup button. This will open a separate Backup dialong, the dialog will list the specified start time, end time, and camera.</p>
<p>Only relevant if you are going to backup in AVI format: If the selected camera has a microphone attached—and the surveillance system supports audio—audio from speakers attached to the selected camera is included in the export as well. If you do not want to backup audio, select Video only option.</p>
<p>In the dialog’s backup setting pane, select the required backup format: AVI or still image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="462" class="wp-image-1522" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 69" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 373" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-69.jpeg 360w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-69-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /> Selected required Codec and quality for AVI format.</p>
<p>must select an individual camera</p>
<p>Select format of still image when you want to backup as still image.</p>
<p>Select OSD option for AVI and Still image, when you select this option the backup file includes this OSD text data also.</p>
<p>Specify export destination in the backup dialog’s Destination section.</p>
<p><strong>Desktop </strong>: If you select Desktop, your backup file will be saved in an automatically Created Backup folder on the desktop of your PC.</p>
<p><strong>Local Path </strong>: If you select local Path, you are able to specify a path yourself.</p>
<p>The backup file will be saved in the path you specify.</p>
<p>You can also select the path on network shared folder in company.</p>
<p><strong>Media </strong>: If you select media, you are able to backup the file on DVD of PC.</p>
<p>The Erase button allow to rewrite on rewritable media</p>
<p>Click the Start backup button to begin the backup procedure. The status bar in the upper part of the backup dialog will display the status of the backup:</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark102"></a> Frequently Asked Questions about Exporting</p>
<p>FAQ: Can I export audio too? When backup in the AVI. you are—when the surveillance system supports audio—able to include audio recorded by microphones in the backup.. When backup in the JPEG format, you cannot include audio.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark104"></a> Full Screen Viewing</p>
<p>To view your iCMS Pro in full screen mode, click the Full Screen button near the middle of the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="69" class="wp-image-1523" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 70" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 374" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-70.jpeg 434w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-70-300x48.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></p>
<p>iCMS top bar.</p>
<p>In full screen mode, the SW is displayed without the top bar, without any of the panes normally located in the left side of the iCMS Pro, and without any Windows taskbar.</p>
<p>Full screen mode is available when using the Live and Playback tabs, but not when using the Setup tab.</p>
<p>To leave full screen mode and return to normal mode, press ESC or select restore screen after right click of mouse..</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark106"></a> Using Multiple Windows</p>
<p>The iCMS Pro supports use of multiple windows. This is especially useful if your computer has more than one physical display attached.</p>
<p>You can send live views to separate displays from the iCMS Pro’s View pane in Live tab.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark108"></a> Sending a View to Secondary Display</p>
<p>Sending a view to a Secondary Display will show the view in a full-screen window on another physical display (if available).</p>
<p>The other physical display will only show the selected view, none of the Live or Playback tab’s other features, and it can only show one view at a time.</p>
<p>To send a view to a Secondary Display, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="233" class="wp-image-1524" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 71" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 375" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-71.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-71-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /> In the Live or Playback tab’s Views pane, right-click the required view. This will bring up a menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or select the multi monitor icon on Top bar.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="69" class="wp-image-1525" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 72" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-72.jpeg 434w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-72-300x48.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>In the menu, select Multi Monitor &gt; Display2. If more than one secondary display is</li>
</ol>
<p>available, they will be numbered.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark110"></a> Sending a channel to a Floating Window</p>
<p>Sending a channel to a Floating Window will show the camera in a small separate window on your main display.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="271" class="wp-image-1526" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 73" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-73.jpeg 506w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-73-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /> The illustration to the right provides an example of a channel sent to a floating window. Note that the main iCMS Pro window is immediately available behind the floating window.</p>
<p>The floating window will only show the selected camera. You can use any number of floating windows.</p>
<p>You are able to change the size of a floating window to suit your needs.</p>
<p>To send a channel to a Floating Window, do the following:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="164" height="249" class="wp-image-1527" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 74" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 378"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>In the Views pane, right-click the required channel. This will bring</p>
<p>up a menu.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>In the menu, select Float View.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark112"></a> Closing Separate Windows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="37" class="wp-image-1528" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 75" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 379"> To close a separate view window,</p>
<p>the Close</p>
<p>When it is shown on the Primary Display, as a floating window simply click button in the right corner of the windows.</p>
<p>Or on a secondary display, select the Close button after right click of mouse on separate window.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark114"></a> Logging Out</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="71" class="wp-image-1529" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1453-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1453 76" title="iCMS-Pro Full User Guide 380"> To log out of the iCMS Pro SW, simply click the Log Out button in the iCMS Pro top bar.</p>
<p><a id="post-1453-bookmark116"></a> Removing the iCMS Pro SW from PC.</p>
<p>To remove the Smart Client, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>In Windows’ start menu, select All SW, and select Uninstall in ICMS PRO folder. This will open the uninstall Programs window.</li>
<li>In the uninstall Programs window, select uninstall button.</li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/icms-pro-full-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 11:55:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Toolbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=342</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[DW Spectrum Quick User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/#more-342" aria-label="Read more about DW Spectrum Quick User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>DW Spectrum Quick User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and view archived video and export recorded video evidence to your local computer or to a removable media device. Contains the following sections: • View Live Video • Search/View Archive Video • Exporting Recorded Video</p>
<p>Note: Depending on your individual access rights, you may not be able to view all of the functionality documented in this guide.</p>
<p><a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/36577bd4-dc3b-41f0-ae47-dbc171c4653b/DW_QUS_DW%20Spectrum_3.2_Rev0818.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></h1>
<p>In addition to the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, Administrators may use their web browsers to access the web client of their DW Spectrum® Server where they may view camera video and manage select administrative settings of their server.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to access the DW Spectrum® Web Client and some of the features within the interface.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Note:</b>  The DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client is supports Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Internet Explorer, Safari, and Microsoft Edge.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p><b>Note:</b>  The use of “server” in this article refers to the computer on which the DW Spectrum® IPVMS server application is installed.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">The use of “system” in this article is used interchangeably to refer to either an individual server or to a group of merged servers.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Opening the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></h1>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Open Through DW Spectrum® IPVMS Desktop Client</strong></h2>
<p>To open the web client using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, <b>right-click</b> on the target server, then select <b>Server Web Page</b>.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">Your computer’s default web browser will open to the login page of the server’s web client.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/280b1685-412d-4957-ae11-96c848afe0f5/image-20200828143531-1.png" alt="image 20200828143531 1" width="346" height="427" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 418"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>Manually Connect Through a Web Browser</strong></h2>
<p>To open the web client using a web browser, open a web browser and enter the server’s <b>Web Admin URL</b> into the address bar, then press the <b>Enter</b> key.</p>
<ul>
<li>URL Structure:  <i>http://&lt;Server_IP&gt;:&lt;Server_Port&gt;</i></li>
<li>Example:  <i>http://192.168.21.195:7001</i></li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst">If you are able to connect with the server through your current network connection, the login page of the server’s web client will display.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Note:</b>  The default <i>Server Port</i> value of DW Spectrum® IPVMS is <i>7001</i>.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Logging In to the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></h1>
<p>Upon reaching the login page of the web client, there are two options for logging in:</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter the <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> that you use when utilizing the DW Spectrum® desktop client
<ul>
<li>Default Login:  <b>admin</b></li>
<li>Default Password:  <b>admin12345</b></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Enter the<b> Email</b> and <b>Password </b>associated with your <b>DW Cloud™</b> account</li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/dc66ced6-78b1-4e6b-a166-987e5299ce57/image-20200828143531-2.png" alt="image 20200828143531 2" width="472" height="348" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 419"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Features of DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">The interface of the web client is divided into six (6) tabbed pages, accessible to users depending on their user role permissions – <i>Settings</i>, <i>View</i>, <i>Monitoring</i>, <i>For Developers</i>, and <i>Help</i>.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>Settings Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>Settings Tab</i> is comprised of two menus – <i>Server</i> and <i>System</i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">Features of the <i>Server</i> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Info</b> – displays the system associated with the server, your current user profile, the current server and IP address, current version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS, server platform, and other associated (merged) servers of the system.</li>
<li><b>Port</b> – current access port used by the DW Spectrum® server for communication across network connections.</li>
<li><b>Reset Server</b> – by clicking the <i>Restore Factory Defaults</i> button, all settings, features, and database configurations will be defaulted.  Additionally, if the server is part of a merged system, it will be detached from the array.</li>
<li><b>Detach Server from the System</b> – by clicking the <i>Detach from the System</i> button, the current server will be removed from its merged system and all of its registered DW Cloud™ accounts will be removed from the server’s registry.</li>
<li><b>Restart</b> – by clicking the <i>Restart Server</i> button, the server application will be remotely restarted on the server’s host computer.</li>
<li><b>Change Admin Password</b> – use this feature to change the password credential for the Owner user profile (<i>admin</i>) of the system.</li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/500e7b60-e167-4c72-a6c9-63c37b62767d/image-20200828143531-3.png" alt="image 20200828143531 3" width="801" height="550" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 420"></p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpLast">Features of the <i>System</i> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Name</b> – use this feature to change the title of the system.  Be aware that if the server is part of a merged system, the change will be applied across all of the other merged servers as well.</li>
<li><b>Merge System</b> – by clicking the <i>Merge Systems</i> button, a pop-up window will display.  Enter the host IP address and server port, the <i>Login</i>, and the <i>Password</i> of another server to merge it with the current system.</li>
<li><b>DW Cloud</b> – use this feature to connect or disconnect the current server from a DW Cloud™ account.</li>
<li><b>Traffic Encryption</b> – allows users to change the encryption level of system traffic and video traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/b2529e8f-7751-4153-8f15-d291fd46857f/image-20200828143531-4.png" alt="image 20200828143531 4" width="799" height="548" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 421"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>View Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>View </i>tab allows users to view live or recorded video from the current system.</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Devices Panel</b> <b>(left panel)</b> – lists devices (IP cameras) that are connected to the server.  Select a camera to begin viewing.</li>
<li><b>Camera View</b> – displays camera video to the right of the <i>Devices Panel</i>.  Click in the <i>Timeline</i> to view previously recorded video.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2f758648-d0f3-4c3e-8f4e-4415c7265dc2/image-20200828143531-5.png" alt="image 20200828143531 5" width="800" height="428" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 422"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To change the current video quality or to view the camera’s details, click the video settings button (<i>Gear </i>icon).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/4cb2941a-ba4c-40c4-9e1e-dab507039d0f/image-20200828143531-6.png" alt="image 20200828143531 6" width="243" height="240" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 423"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Monitoring Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>Monitoring</i> tab is comprised of three menus – <i>Graphs</i>, <i>Storage</i>, and <i>Log</i>.</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphs</b> – displays a real-time line graph of the server’s CPU, Memory, HDD activity, and Ethernet throughput.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/bd0b7eda-3234-4be9-90be-b497b1f0e479/image-20200828143531-7.png" alt="image 20200828143531 7" width="549" height="381" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 424"></p>
<ul>
<li><b>Storage</b> – displays all connected storage pathing for the Server including HDDs and NAS drives.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/ae6bd0b4-fcce-4824-b70e-bb120441321c/image-20200828143531-8.png" alt="image 20200828143531 8" width="547" height="139" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 425"></p>
<ul>
<li><b>Log</b> – displays the system logs of your DW Spectrum® system.  This information might be requested by a Digital Watchdog support member for specific troubleshooting scenarios.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2390c3d2-78f4-4f5b-ae12-b2116ed581dc/image-20200828143531-9.png" alt="image 20200828143531 9" width="553" height="384" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 426"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>For Developers Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>For Developers</i> tab contains tools for developers for creating and testing features in association with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">The available tools include:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Generic Events Generator</b> – a tool for developing and testing HTTPS Generic Event calls for use with the <i>Events &amp; Rules</i> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><b>Server API</b> – provides developers with the ability to access almost every system feature within the regular DW Spectrum® desktop client.  Includes an <i>API Testing Tool</i>, <i>API Changelog</i>, and an <i>API Documentation</i> list.</li>
<li><b>Camera Details Panel</b> – displays additional information for cameras in the <i>View </i>tab including <i>Camera ID</i>, links for available video-streams, and the ability to directly export video from the browser.  This feature is the equivalent of clicking the <i>Gear </i>icon for a camera while using the <i>View</i> tab.</li>
<li><b>Video Source SDK</b> – provides the ability to integrate video sources (IP cameras, NVRs, DVRs, etc.) into the system, making it possible to create methods for discovering, displaying, analyzing, and recording video.  This also allows the integration of I/O ports and devices, as well as motion detection with 3<sup>rd</sup> party devices.</li>
<li><b>Storage SDK</b> – allows the integration of non-standard 3<sup>rd</sup> party storage mediums.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/a2c5d853-0c25-4abb-bb44-e0c3a1ffe674/image-20200828143531-10.png" alt="image 20200828143531 10" width="802" height="583" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 427"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Information Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>Information</i> tab contains the means to check the status of the current server.</p>
<p>Features include:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Alerts</b> – displays detected issues such as server storage errors or communication issues with devices.  This works in tandem with the <i>Event Notifications</i> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><b>System</b> – displays system information including the number of currently merged servers, number of connected devices, number of storage locations, number of users, and the current software version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS in use by the system.</li>
<li><b>Servers</b> – displays information of all servers within the system including uptime information, average CPU usage, average memory (RAM) usage, public IP addresses, and current server OS time (differs from shared system time).</li>
<li><b>Cameras</b> – displays information of connected cameras including server affiliation, type of camera, IP address, availability status, stream information, and archive storage analysis.</li>
<li><b>Storage Locations</b> – displays the storage drive information of each server including status, number of issues (24h), read/write rate, and available storage space.</li>
<li><b>Network Interfaces</b> – displays the Ethernet information of the servers within a system including affiliated server, availability status of the connection, IP address of the node, and I/O bitrate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/0350319a-63c1-41d6-af66-aae6593e7e26/image-20200828143531-11.png" alt="image 20200828143531 11" width="800" height="479" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 428"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Help Tab</strong></h2>
<p class="CxSpFirst">The help tab contains hyperlinks that will route you to the DW Technical Support request portal, DW Tools and Calculators page, and the mobile application page for <i>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Mobile</i> in the App Store or Google Play.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/c5fab1a1-f386-4ee9-9f39-eb7bbb9dc487/image-20200828143531-12.png" alt="image 20200828143531 12" width="803" height="366" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 429"></p>
<h2>Connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server with command line</h2>
<p>It is possible to use special option to connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server from the command line:</p>
<p><b>&#8211;auth=http://username:password@server_address:server_port</b></p>
<p>In example below server address is 192.168.1.200, port is default 7001, username is admin and password is admin1234. Client version is 3.0.0.14971:</p>
<p><b>Windows:</b></p>
<p><b>&gt;&#8221;C:\Program Files\DW Spectrum\DW Spectrum Client\3.0.0.14971\DW Spectrum.exe&#8221; &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</b></p>
<p><b>Ubuntu:</b></p>
<p><b>$/opt/dwspectrumn/client/3.0.0.14971/client-bin &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</b></p>
<p>Client will use secured connection.</p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Client Hardware Requirements</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">What are the recommended hardware specifications for the DW Spectrum® Client?</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The DW Spectrum® IPVMS program can be installed on most modern computers with an x64-bit architecture.  However, while DW Spectrum® is a relatively lightweight application, it does use a varying amount of hardware resources, depending on the intensity that it is used.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline the recommended hardware specifications required for DW Spectrum® IPVMS for your consideration.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Related Articles</strong></h2>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/339/how-to-setup-dahua-toolbox/">How to Setup Dahua Toolbox</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  <em>32-bit operating systems, Ubuntu 14.04, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2 are no longer supported by DW Spectrum®.  Additionally, the desktop client will not function when using Macintosh OS X 10.11, 10.12, or 10.13.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  <em>It is highly recommended to use a computer that is separate from the device hosting the DW Spectrum® Server application when using the DW Spectrum® Client, rather than run both programs fulltime on the same device.  This will help to keep the server device’s CPU from being overused and mitigate processing issues.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Prerequisites</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To use the DW Spectrum® Client, a computer must meet the following prerequisites:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>A supported 64-bit Operating System
<ul>
<li>Windows 8, 8.1, 10 Pro/Enterprise</li>
<li>Windows Server 2012, 2012 R2, 2016 v1607 and later, 2019</li>
<li>Ubuntu LTS 16.04, 18.04, 20.04</li>
<li>MacOS 11</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li> <a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL</a> 2.1 Support or better</li>
<li>An Intel or AMD <a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_processing_unit" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CPU</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Hardware Recommendations</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The following specifications and aforementioned prerequisites will ensure a smooth user experience when using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS with up to 64 devices in a layout.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Single Monitor Workstation</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Dual Monitor Workstation</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Quad Monitor Workstation</strong></h2>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="457"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="457">Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="457">32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="457">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="457">GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="457">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE 1: <em> </em></strong><em>DW Spectrum® Client uses only the CPU for video decoding and can display up to 64 items on the viewing grid.  The GPU is used for dewarping on the fly, drawing animations, controls, and rendering UI elements in the client.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE 2:</strong>  <em>We assume that only one instance of DW Spectrum® Client will run on a single monitor system.  If you intend to run two instances of the program on a single monitor, use the recommended specs of the “Dual Monitor Workstation”.  For three or four instances of DW Spectrum® Client, use the recommended specs for the “Quad Monitor Station”.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE 3:</strong>  <em>Please take notice that dewarping a fisheye camera will set the resolution to “High”.  As a result, the specifications as mentioned above may not apply and are dependent on the cameras settings (e.g. resolution, framerate, etc.).  It is better to take the suggestions mentioned below in the decoding capabilities paragraph.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Decoding Capabilities</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Although it is difficult to offer recommended specifications with regard to decoding capabilities of a system due to the multiple variables of a stream, the following camera settings were taken into consideration:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Resolution of 1920 x 1080 or less</li>
<li>Framerate of 15 fps or fewer</li>
<li>Bandwidth of 2 Mbps or fewer</li>
<li><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Group_of_pictures" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Group of Pictures</a> (GOP) of 15 (IBBBBPBBBBPBBBBI)</li>
<li>H.264 compression method</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Up to 8 High-Resolution Streams</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Up to 16 High-Resolution Streams</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Up to 32 High-Resolution Streams</strong></h2>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="457"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="457">Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="457">32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="457">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="457">GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="457">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  <em>Please take into consideration that most monitors have a native resolution of 1920&#215;1080.  There is no benefit of displaying more than 1 Full HD camera in High Resolution on such a screen.  The same applies to displaying more than 4 Full HD cameras on a 4K screen or more than 16 Full HD cameras on an 8K screen</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Mobile Application Setup</b></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Mobile Application</strong></h1>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Mobile application allows users to connect with their DW Spectrum® systems using their Apple (iOS) and Android mobile devices.  However, some initial setup is required before you can begin to use the live viewing and playback features of the application.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to connect your DW Spectrum® Mobile application to a DW Spectrum System using DW Cloud™ or by using a server’s IP address for direct connection.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>**NOTE:</b>  The use of the term “DW Spectrum® System” in this article may refer to a single DW Spectrum® Server or to multiple DW Spectrum® Servers that have been merged into a single group.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>**NOTE:</b>  If a network that is hosting a DW Spectrum Server is using a SonicWall or Firewall service to filter out external Internet access, you may need to allowlist or port forward the DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">For the FQDN list of DW Spectrum®, please read <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/132-fqdn-or-whitelist-for-dw-spectrum-cloud-access/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>DW Spectrum &#8211; FQDN or Allowlist for DW Cloud Access</b></a>.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Servers</li>
<li>MEGApix® IP Camera Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Acquiring the Application</strong></h1>
<p>To use DW Spectrum® Mobile on your mobile device (smartphone, tablet, etc.), you will need to download and install the mobile application from your application store.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/5678c686-d64c-420f-bf0f-60228e75985f/image-20230116143206-2.png" alt="image 20230116143206 2" width="234" height="236" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 430"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Connecting Through DW Cloud™</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">DW Cloud™ is a free connection service for use with the DW Spectrum® IPVMS software.  If you have yet to connect your DW Spectrum® system to a DW Cloud™ account or still need to create a DW Cloud™ account, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/148-dw-cloud-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>DW Cloud Management</b></a>.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle">To connect with your DW Spectrum® IPVMS system using the DW Cloud™ service:</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol>
<li>Open the <b>DW Spectrum </b>application on your mobile device.</li>
</ol>
<p>To connect your DW Cloud™ account to the <i>DW Spectrum® Mobile </i>application, click on <b>Log in to DW Cloud</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/cdbfa5fc-45e5-4104-8140-d9150db23fa7/image-20230116143206-3.png" alt="image 20230116143206 3" width="225" height="334" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 431"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>In the <i>Cloud Account</i> screen, enter the <b>Email</b> and <b>Password</b> login credentials for your DW Cloud™ account, then tap the <b>Log in</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the <i>Server Selection</i> screen, DW Spectrum® systems that are already connected with your DW Cloud™ account will display with an orange <b>Cloud</b> icon.  As your mobile application is now connected with your account, simply select the cloud-connected system to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/399aee63-847f-41e8-8852-97d9cc33677a/image-20230116143206-4.png" alt="image 20230116143206 4" width="324" height="603" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 432"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>You may only view one DW Spectrum® system at a time through the mobile application.</li>
</ol>
<p>To view another system, tap on the <b>Main Menu</b> button, then select <b>Disconnect from Server</b>.</p>
<p>You will then be routed back to the <i>Server Selection</i> screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/d8c1d4c4-c2f4-4ea3-b7ca-b8304cdbbb82/image-20230116143206-5.png" alt="image 20230116143206 5" width="790" height="721" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 433"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Connecting Through Direct Connection (IP Address)</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">When connecting to your DW Spectrum® system using an IP address, you will need to port forward the DW Spectrum® server(s) to ensure that external network access is available while offsite.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>Automatic Discovery (LAN)</strong></h2>
<p>If you are currently connected to the same local network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® system, the DW Spectrum® Mobile application may discover the server automatically.</p>
<ol>
<li>To connect with a discovered server, select the system.  The <i>IP Address</i> field will automatically fill.</li>
<li>Enter your <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> for the DW Spectrum® system, then tap the <b>Connect </b>button to begin viewing.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8d35c132-9cfc-4de4-96b5-090980c1841a/image-20230116143206-6.png" alt="image 20230116143206 6" width="796" height="528" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 434"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Manual Direct Connection (LAN)</strong></h2>
<p>If the IP address of the server does not automatically fill or the server is not discovered, you can find the email address in the <i>Server Settings</i> menu of the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop application.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <i>DW Spectrum</i>® <i>IPVMS</i> desktop application, <b>right-click</b> on the server.</li>
<li>Select <b>Server Settings</b>.</li>
<li>Under the <i>General</i> tab, locate the <b>IP Address</b> and<b> Port</b> value for your connection needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/b326c52c-1a1a-463d-9290-c7880d304479/image-20230116143206-7.png" alt="image 20230116143206 7" width="798" height="401" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 435"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Changing to your <i>DW Spectrum® Mobile</i> application, tap on the <b>Connect to Another Server</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/ff3db77c-2ed4-4170-acf0-d5e0d0bcf6c6/image-20230116143206-8.png" alt="image 20230116143206 8" width="225" height="334" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 436"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>The <i>New Connection</i> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the IP address of your server in the <b>Host</b> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <b>Connect</b> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/a495b518-ff1b-460e-8fe1-6121e6f720b6/image-20230116143206-9.png" alt="image 20230116143206 9" width="240" height="385" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 437"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Manual Direct Connection (WAN)</strong></h2>
<p class="CxSpFirst">If you will be connecting to your DW Spectrum® system from outside of your local network (LAN), you will need to know the Public IP Address (WAN) of your network.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>**NOTE:</b>  When connected to the same internal network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® Server, you will not be able to connect if you are using an external, public IP address (WAN).  Use a public IP address only when connecting from outside of the server’s host network.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol>
<li>To obtain the public IP address of your network, you may inquire with your ISP, work with your network administrator, or check in your router for the information.</li>
</ol>
<p>Alternatively, open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, etc.) and visit a port checking website (e.g., <a href="http://canyouseeme.org/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>http://canyouseeme.org</b></a>).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The public IP of your currently connected network will display</li>
</ol>
<p>Confirm that the DW Spectrum® port (<i>Default Port: 7001</i>) is open within the network.  If the port is blocked, external communication to the server will be unavailable.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8a587124-fa2c-4555-becb-6de7974c995f/image-20230116143206-10.png" alt="image 20230116143206 10" width="799" height="240" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 438"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Changing to your <i>DW Spectrum® Mobile</i> application, tap on the <b>Connect to Another Server</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/73bc1aa5-87bc-4f96-a680-0843606b24aa/image-20230116143206-11.png" alt="image 20230116143206 11" width="225" height="334" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 439"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>The <i>New Connection</i> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the public IP address of your server in the <b>Host</b> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <b>Connect</b> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/e9db72cc-4564-49b3-bd08-730fc6b4a722/image-20230116143206-12.png" alt="image 20230116143206 12" width="240" height="385" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 440"></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>Launch DW Spectrum Desktop Client with CLI</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>Benefits of Launching with the CLI</strong></h1>
<p>Launching the Desktop client with the CLI gives you a lot more flexibility. The CLI allows you to launch it normally without any changes, but you can also change its behavior by utilizing specific parameters. It can facilitate many tasks such as server auto-login, disabling auto-updates, creating multiple instances of the client, restricting options, and more.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>How to Launch with CLI</strong></h1>
<h2><strong>In Windows:</strong></h2>
<ol>
<li>Open <b>Command Prompt</b> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Next, to view all installed versions enter:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>dir</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Choose a version: [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd VERSION</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Launch the Client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>applauncher</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the Client with a parameter:</p>
<div>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>In Linux:</strong></h2>
<ol>
<li>Open <b>Terminal</b> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/VERSION/bin</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Example:  cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/4.2.0.32842/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>View all installed versions with the command:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>ls</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Choose a version. [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd VERSION/bin</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Launch the client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>./applauncher</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the client with a parameter:</p>
<div>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Command Line Parameters (v4.0 and newer):</strong></h1>
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="960">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Parameter</b></td>
<td width="342">&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Description</b></td>
<td width="54"><b>Default implied value</b></td>
<td width="334">&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Examples</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-single-application</td>
<td width="342">Allows to have more than one instance of the client application running. (Also disables &#8216;Beta version&#8217; warning message.)</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-single-application</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;auth</td>
<td width="342">Auto-login to the target server</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;auth=http://admin:123@localhost:7001</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;screen</td>
<td width="342">Open client on the target screen</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;screen=1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;window-geometry</td>
<td width="342">Place the client window to the target coordinates and resize it</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;window-geometry=100,100,1024&#215;768</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
<td width="342">Enables video shader software emulation mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
<td width="342">Changes settings source from registry to file system (Windows only)</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
<td width="342">Open client in the windowed mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
<td width="342">Do not scan media folders. Local resources will not be displayed.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;override-version</td>
<td width="342">Override software version of the client with the provided value. Will change auto-updates behavior.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;override-version=2.3.0.8574</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;log-level</td>
<td width="342">Minimal level of the log messages that should be recorded to log-file.</p>
<p>Allowed values:</p>
<p>none &#8211; fully disable logging</p>
<p>always</p>
<p>error</p>
<p>warning</p>
<p>info</p>
<p>debug</p>
<p>verbose</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;log-level=always</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-client-update</td>
<td width="342">Disable client auto-update and update notifications.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-client-update</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;acs</td>
<td width="342">ACS mode (for Paxton integrations and similar scenarios)</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;acs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;videowall</td>
<td width="342">Start client in the primary videowall mode. Must contain GUID of the existing</p>
<p>Video Wall to work properly.</p>
<p>Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;videowall={72934575-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f1}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">
&#8211;videowall-instance</td>
<td width="342">Start client in the secondary videowall mode. Must contain the GUID of the existing Video Wall Item to work properly. Requires valid&#8211;videowall key. Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;videowall-instance={8692e6e8-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f0}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;light-mode</td>
<td width="342">Start client in the light mode. Can contain &#8216;full&#8217; or a numeric value.</td>
<td width="54">full</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;light-mode=full</p>
<p>&#8211;light-mode=7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;customization</td>
<td width="342">Start client with custom skin, loaded from the target folder.</p>
<p>Works only if the client is built with ENABLE_DYNAMIC_CUSTOMIZATION define.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;customization=e:\my_skin</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;instant-drop</td>
<td width="342">Inner key to open files in the new window.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334"><i>&#8211;instant-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</i></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;delayed-drop</td>
<td width="342">Inner key to open cameras in the new window.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;delayed-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;layout-name</td>
<td width="342">Name of layout which will be opened after connection to server.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Some layout name&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;show-full-info</td>
<td width="342">Display full info on cameras instead of the minimal.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;show-full-info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
<td width="342">Disable hidpi support</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Command Line Parameters for v3.2 and Older</strong></h2>
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="961">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="263">&#8211;dev-mode-key</td>
<td width="409">Enables developer mode if the key is equal to “razrazraz”</td>
<td width="56">&#8211;</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;dev-mode-key=razrazraz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&#8211;profiler</td>
<td width="409">Switch client to the profiler mode.</td>
<td width="56">true</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;profiler</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
<td width="409">Do not show a warning dialog if servers in the system have different versions.</td>
<td width="56">true</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&#8211;no-vsync</td>
<td width="409">Disable VSync. (May cause glitches.)</td>
<td width="56">true</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;no-vsync</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level</td>
<td width="409">Minimal level of the transactions log messages that should be recorded to log-file. Allowed values are the same as in &#8211;log-level key.</td>
<td width="56">none</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level=info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;exception-filters</td>
<td width="409">Prefixes, that will be logged as verbose.</td>
<td width="56">&#8211;</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;exception-filters=dw::dw</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h1><strong>How to Run DW Spectrum® Client in a Limited GPU Environment</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Limited OpenGL 2.1 Support</strong></h1>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Client application requires a computer with support for <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL#OpenGL_2.1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL 2.1</a> or higher, whether on a virtual machine (VM) or an actual computer.  In most cases, this is not an issue.  However, if a user is utilizing a virtual machine (VMWare, VirtualBox) or a personal computer (PC) with limited graphics capability (or no GPU), OpenGL 2.1 may not be supported.  As a result, DW Spectrum® Client will not run.</p>
<p>To resolve this issue, an emulation of the necessary graphics to function through the CPU may allow the Client to run if the Server application is also installed on a computer using Windows x64 OS.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to emulate a GPU using a CPU on a WinOS x64-bit system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**DISCLAIMER:  </b>We do not recommend this method unless it is absolutely required.  Even then, please be aware that you will be performing this at your own risk.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Cube Series (WinOS)</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series (WinOS)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Things to Consider</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>When using this method, you will be transferring the computing load that would otherwise be directed to a GPU onto the CPU. This will cause the CPU usage to increase significantly.</li>
<li>We do not recommend using this method unless it is absolutely required.</li>
<li>Remember to close the DW Spectrum® Client application as soon as you are finished returning the CPU load to normal.</li>
<li>The hosting computer must be using a Windows x64-bit operating system.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Emulating a GPU Using a CPU</strong></h1>
<p>To emulate a GPU:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the <a href="https://github.com/pal1000/mesa-dist-win/files/2072235/mesa3d-gles-18.1.1.600-x64.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Open GL emulation library</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Extract the files “<b>opengl32.dll</b>” and “<b>libglapi.dll</b>” from the zipped/compressed folder.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Next, <b>stop</b> the <b>Spectrum Media Server</b> service.  To do so, you can <b>right-click</b> on the service in the Windows Service Tray, then select <b>Stop Server (started)</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2021/06-04/04b78326-9b3b-46e0-baa6-dff8d4b5d6f2/image-20210604125050-2.png" alt="image 20210604125050 2" width="197" height="213" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 441"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Once the Media Server has been stopped, open the computer’s <b>File Explorer</b> program and navigate to:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client\&lt;version_number&gt;</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  “&lt;<i>version_number</i>&gt;” (above) refers to the DW Spectrum® Client software version number.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li><b>Copy-and-paste</b> the <b>opengl32.dll</b> and <b>libglapi.dll</b> files to this directory. Do not place them into any additional folders beyond this directory.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li><b>Start</b> the <b>Media Server</b> from the Windows Service Tray.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Launch</b> the <b>DW Spectrum® Client</b>.</p>
<p>The DW Spectrum Client application will now utilize the CPU for some of the graphical processing.  The processing load on the CPU of the host computer will increase as a result, so be sure to completely close the DW Spectrum® Client application when you are not actively using it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>DW Spectrum® Connection Restrictions</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>How many users can connect to a DW Spectrum Server?</strong></h1>
<p>The quantity of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that a DW Spectrum Server can sustain is limited by the number of active TCP connections that can be supported by the server.</p>
<p>With this knowledge, the Owner and Administrators should consider the number of desktop client instances that will be connecting to the system, how many cameras and devices will stream video in each instance, and if there are other servers merged with the system. This is to avoid potential bottlenecks that may occur due to exceeding the system’s overall capabilities.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  The numbers provided in this article is in consideration of connecting to only a single (1) DW Spectrum Server. In the case that a DW Spectrum System is comprised of a merged, multi-server configuration, consider the number of devices connected to each server.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Related Articles</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/306/hikvision-password-reset-do-it-yourself/">Hikvision Password Reset Do It Yourself</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Calculating the Maximum TCP Connections</strong></h2>
<p>For a DW Spectrum Server that is using the recommended system and hardware requirements, the average limit of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that can be supported is:</p>
<ul>
<li>One (1) DW Spectrum Server <b>can support up to 2,000 concurrent TCP connections</b> – including connected devices and camera streams, as well as connecting instances of the DW Spectrum Client for regular viewing</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>As the supported number of client connections to a server varies depending on the number of active TCP connections that are in use with the server, use the following information to calculate the number of active TCP connections of a server.</p>
<ul>
<li>x1 DW Spectrum Client connection = 5 TCP connections</li>
<li>x1 Device or Camera connection = 1 TCP connection</li>
</ul>
<div>
<p><b>X</b> = # of active DW Spectrum Clients</p>
<p><b>Y</b> = # of active video streams per Client</p>
<p><b>TCP Connections Consumed</b> = (<b>X </b>x 5 TCP connections) + (<b>X </b>x<b> Y</b>)</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Examples for a Single (1) Server</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><b>400 DW Spectrum Client instances</b> can connect, but <b>no video </b>(<b>0</b>) can display for the users
<ul>
<li>(<b>400 clients</b> x 5 TCP connections each) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>80 DW Spectrum Client instances</b> can connect, but only up to <b>20 devices</b> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<b>80</b> <b>clients</b> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<b>80 clients</b> x <b>20</b> devices) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>28 DW Spectrum Client instances</b> can connect, but only up to <b>64 devices</b> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<b>28 clients</b> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<b>28 clients</b> x <b>64 devices</b>) = 1,932 TCP connections in use; 68 TCP connections are still available</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h1><strong>PTZ Auto-Focus and Camera Control in DW Spectrum</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ &amp; Auto-Focus</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">While supported ONVIF cameras with motorized varifocal lenses can only zoom in and out, DW Spectrum also allows users to easily control connected PTZ cameras through the DW Spectrum Client without having to use an external joystick.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will show where you can manage the local PTZ settings in the DW Spectrum Client and outline the PTZ controls that are available.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  The <em>Extended PTZ</em> features require that the camera supports <em>ONVIF Absolute Move</em> and custom product integration to work with the DW Spectrum IPVMS software controls.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Local DW Spectrum Settings</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When using a PTZ camera, the local client settings can be configured to affect how the user’s PTZ control interface will display and PTZ configuration presets will be used by the system.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Preferred PTZ Preset Setting</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, PTZ control will automatically be available for supported PTZ cameras in the DW Spectrum Client and will use the camera’s <em>Native</em> PTZ setting presets (manufacturer configured). Considering this, DW Spectrum will determine if the system should use the camera’s presets or if it will use the DW Spectrum System’s preferred presets, depending on its assigned settings. These presets can be used to tell the PTZ camera to perform specific maneuvers, tours, etc.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You can find this setting in the DW Spectrum Client under the <em>PTZ</em> section. To get there, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click </strong>on the camera and select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Camera Settings</strong>”. In the resulting <em>Camera Settings</em> window, select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Expert</strong>”<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In the <em>PTZ</em> section of the menu, select one of the following:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Auto</strong> (default) – use a mix between the <em>Native </em>and <em>System </em>PTZ presets to easily begin using the PTZ preset controls in the DW Spectrum Client.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">System</strong> – ignore the camera manufacturer settings in favor of using DW Spectrum PTZ preset settings only.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Native</strong> – have DW Spectrum only use the PTZ camera’s preset settings.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Aim Overlay Setting</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, the DW Spectrum Client will utilize a user interface (UI) that follows simple click-and-drag controls, which minimizes the need to display controls for the PTZ camera, which some users feel can take up a fair portion of the screen. However, other users may prefer to have an overlay display as it offers clear and simple controls by which to control the camera.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To show an aim overlay (HUD), navigate to <em>Main Menu &gt; Local Settings &gt; Look and Feel</em> menu in the desktop client.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Locate the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</strong>” setting.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting will affect how the PTZ control interface will display in the client by directly overlaying the camera’s FOV and how the user interacts with the PTZ features.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Using PTZ Controls</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When DW Spectrum detects that a compatible PTZ camera has been added to the system, the PTZ icon will display in the camera’s viewing window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To activate the DW Spectrum’s PTZ controls, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ </strong>icon that appears at the top of the camera’s window. Click the PTZ icon again to hide the PTZ controls.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">How the PTZ controls interface displays will vary, depending on whether or not the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting has been enabled.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Simple-Zoom (non-PTZ cameras)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If a camera uses a motorized, varifocal lens to zoom (T/W), but does not feature the ability to pan or tilt the camera, only the zoom controls (+ and –) will be available regardless of enabling/disabling the <em>aim overlay </em>setting.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This feature is represented by a set of plus (+) and minus (-) buttons that allow users to zoom the camera lens in or out through the DW Spectrum interface.  Alternatively, users may use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Extended PTZ (<em>Disabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is DISABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Zoom In/Out</strong> – <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons to use the camera’s motorized zoom; alternatively, users may use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Pan-and Tilt</strong> – <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click-and-drag </strong>the mouse within the viewing window to pan and tilt the camera</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">While holding the Shift key:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Shift + click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Shift + click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Shift + double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to zoom the camera back out to its telescopic base.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Regular PTZ (<em>Enabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is ENABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Zoom In/Out</strong> –<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>to use the camera’s motorized zoom, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons; alternatively, users may use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Virtual Joystick</strong> – displaying in the center of the overlay, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click-and-drag </strong>the<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>virtual joystick to pan and tilt the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  The user does not need to hold the Shift key down when using the <em>Extended PTZ</em> features, so long as the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting is enabled.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – to have the PTZ camera quickly move and center to a single point, users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the camera zoom-out to its widest magnification.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Issue Troubleshooting</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Camera models that support the advanced PTZ features (<em>Regular PTZ</em> and <em>Extended PTZ</em>) can be found using the <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://dwspectrum.digital-watchdog.com/ipvd?hardwareTypes=camera&amp;sortBy=isMdSupported,ASC&amp;tags=isAptzSupported" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Supported Device List</a></strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When troubleshooting ONVIF camera issues, such as PTZ control problems, it is recommended to download and install <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a></strong> on the same computer as your DW Spectrum Server.  If you cannot install the ONVIF Device Manager (ODM), because you are using an Ubuntu/Linux or Macintosh operating system, install ODM on a Windows PC that shares the same LAN as your troubled camera.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Common PTZ Issues</strong></h2>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">If PTZ camera does not display the PTZ icon in DW Spectrum</strong>, ensure that the DW Spectrum firmware version is up-to-date, use ODM to connect with the camera and confirm if there is a <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Controls</strong> option available. If not, it may be an issue with the camera. Confirm that the camera’s firmware is also up-to-date.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">If PTZ controls do not respond in DW Spectrum</strong>, in addition to ensuring that the camera firmware and DW Spectrum firmware are up-to-date, use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Controls</strong> in ODM to see if the camera responds.  If not, it may be an issue with the camera.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">If PTZ position presets assignment is not working</strong>, use ODM and use <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Controls</strong>, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Absolute Move</strong>.  Try a different set of values for the Absolute Move coordinates.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Axis T8311 Joystick</h2>
<p>In v3.0 DW Spectrum introduced the ability to use the Axis T8311 Joystick to control live PTZ cameras on Windows OS-based computers.</p>
<p>How to Setup &amp; Use the Axis T8311 Joystick</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugin the Axis T8311 Joystick to the computer that you will be using.<br />
* The drivers should be automatically installed by Windows and the device should be recognized.</li>
<li>If your DW Spectrum Desktop app is open when you plugged in the joystick, restart your DW Spectrum Desktop. If not, open DW Spectrum Desktop.</li>
<li>Open the PTZ camera you would like to control with the Joystick and click on the PTZ icon with your mouse.</li>
<li>Use the Joystick to Pan, Tilt, and Zoom the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>Why does DW Spectrum only support one joystick controller for PTZ?</p>
<ol>
<li>IP cameras are network-based and have latency, making joystick control&#8230;.not great.</li>
<li>DW Spectrum has <b>Advanced PTZ</b> &#8211; a feature that makes analog joysticks seem&#8230;.well, outdated.</li>
</ol>
<h1><strong>Creating A Showreel in DW Spectrum®</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Showreels</strong></h1>
<p>The <i>Showreel</i> feature of DW Spectrum® allows users to create customizable timed viewing sequences, to which users may assign media resources such as cameras, layouts, web pages, and more.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Creating a Showreel</strong></h1>
<p>To create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS Client:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the<b> Main Menu</b>, then click <b>New</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Showreel</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/fd686d81-215e-4041-b0c4-dc002ed0847a/image-20201015115417-1.png" alt="image 20201015115417 1" width="510" height="473" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 442"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>From the <i>Resource Tree</i>, drag any resource to an available cell in the Showreel layout.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Showreel will support the use of:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>Layouts</li>
<li>Single Devices (cameras, I/O devices)</li>
<li>Exported Files</li>
<li>Web Pages</li>
<li>Servers (monitoring item will be displayed)</li>
<li>External Media (offline files, files within the <i>Local Media</i> folder)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/0e1c7a32-7dee-4fe5-8159-a817f4a6d819/image-20201015115417-2.png" alt="image 20201015115417 2" width="799" height="449" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 443"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li><b>Drag-and-drop </b>resources to rearrange the display order of the cells within the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Adjust the <b>display time</b> of each resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/b17b861e-4ec4-478f-bc9d-2922772779bf/image-20201015115417-3.png" alt="image 20201015115417 3" width="797" height="447" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 444"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click the <b>Start Showreel</b> button to begin the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>To stop the Showreel, press the <b>Esc</b> key on the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/adc5cfd6-b6f0-40e7-bbbe-a71a08115de8/image-20201015115417-4.png" alt="image 20201015115417 4" width="469" height="180" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 445"></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum Help Function</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Help Function</strong></h1>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a context-sensitive help<i> </i>function that allows DW Spectrum users to easily find more information on operator functions, setup information, and more.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the <i>Context Help Manual</i> of DW Spectrum.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  An active Internet connection is not required to use this function.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack Servers</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Accessing the Help Function</strong></h1>
<p>When using DW Spectrum, the <i>Context Help Manual </i>provides quick access to an offline user manual.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To use the help function:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <b>Help Icon [?]</b> in the <i>Navigation Panel</i>, at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/3c1556cb-ba4f-4822-9410-c366e8f8e923/image-20200416144425-5.png" alt="image 20200416144425 5" width="804" height="239" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 446"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>A question mark [?] will overlay your mouse cursor, indicating that the <i>Help Function </i>is enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <b>subject matter in question or interface element</b> that you want to know more about.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Context Help Manual</i> will open in your default web browser.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/9aa24f7e-38a3-4a8d-94bd-f45832000082/image-20200416144425-6.png" alt="image 20200416144425 6" width="805" height="388" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 447"></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Keyboard Macro List</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Keyboard Shortcuts</strong></h1>
<p>By using keyboard shortcuts, users can quickly navigate around DW Spectrum® IPVMS without having to route through various menus.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">These keyboard shortcuts are for Windows and Ubunut/Linux, but most will also work for MacOS by replacing “Ctrl” with the “Command” key.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Shortcut Keys</strong></h1>
<p>To download the technical bulletin that lists these shortcut keys, <b><u><a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/79705f30-6d66-47c6-9595-988faefb758e/DW_Tech_Bulletin_KeyboardShortcut_Rev1218.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Click Here</a></u></b>.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center"><b>Shortcut</b></p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center"><b>Command</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Left (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Previous Frame</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Right (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Next Frame</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Z</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Jump to Start of Segment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">X</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Jump to Next Segment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Up (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Volume Up</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Down (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Volume Down</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">M</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Mute</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">L</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Jump to Live</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">S</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Stream Synchronization</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Enter</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Maximize Selected Item</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+I</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Show Information of Selected Item</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+G</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Start Smart Search</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+C</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Check File Signature</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+S</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Take Snapshot</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+J</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Adjust Video; Image Enhancement</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">F2</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Rename Resource (Resource Tree)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+T</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Showreel Mode</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+W</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Close Layout</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Tab</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Switch Layout (similar to using Tab in a web browser)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+R</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Screen Recording</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Esc</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Close Current Dialogue</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+Enter</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Full Screen (DW Spectrum window)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Alt+A</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Open System Administration Dialogue</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+B</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Open Bookmarks Search</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+E</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Open Alarm/Event Rules Dialogue</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">F1</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">About DW Spectrum (current instance)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+F4</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Exit DW Spectrum (current instance)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">[</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Start Time Selection (on <i>Timeline</i> over recorded segment)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">]</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">End Time Selection (on <i>Timeline</i> if time selection has been started)</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Additional Shortcuts</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">Below are additional shortcut keys that are not listed in the technical bulletin.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center"><b>Shortcut</b></p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center"><b>Command</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Shift+C</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Connect to Another Server</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Shift+D</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Disconnect from Server</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+T</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">New Tab</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+N</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">New Window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+O</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Open Files</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+L</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Open Event Log</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+M</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Open Camera List</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>DW Spectrum Mobile SSL Certification Notification</b></p>
<h1><strong>Security Certificate Notifications</strong></h1>
<p>After upgrading the DW Spectrum Mobile application to v22.1, users will be automatically logged out of DW Cloud and must log in to DW Cloud again to regain access to their Cloud Systems. Upon doing so, you may encounter an alert notification when attempting to connect with a DW Spectrum Server using version 4.2 or higher.</p>
<p>This article will explain the prompts that will display regarding security certificates and the DW Spectrum Mobile application.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Related Articles</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/861-06-03-2022-release-notes-dw-spectrum-mobile-update-v22-1-34959/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">06/03/22 – Release Notes – DW Spectrum Mobile Update v22.1.34959</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Self-Signed SSL Certificates</strong></h1>
<p>If the an affiliated DW Spectrum Server is using version 4.2 or higher, the mobile application will attempt to verify that the target Server is using an SSL Certificate for security. However, a notification will display alerting an SSL certificate verification issue if the DW Spectrum Server is using the default Self-Signed SSL Certificate that is generated automatically.</p>
<p>While valid, this is due to the Server using a self-signed certificate as opposed to using a public certificate that has been purchased from a recognized certificate provider. Select “<b>Connect Anyway</b>” to confirm that you trust the current Server. This message will not display the next time that you connect with the Server as long as its SSL Certificate remains valid.</p>
<p>The following prompt may display:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/b4e14b38-b3dc-4d90-9c8d-4c4a7e9eae71/image-20220708173557-15.png" alt="image 20220708173557 15" width="279" height="278" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 448"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Expired SSL Certificates</strong></h2>
<p>If a DW Spectrum Server’s SSL Certificate (self-signed or public) has expired, the following prompt will appear:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c0d2aa57-572e-4509-aa85-bbfcc8bd4717/image-20220708173557-16.png" alt="image 20220708173557 16" width="281" height="362" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 449"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Enable (check) the “<b>Trust this server</b>” checkbox and select “<b>Connect Anyway</b>” to continue with connecting to the Server. This prompt will continue to appear each time you attempt to connect with the Server until the certificate has been renewed.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can disable the SSL Certificate verification setting in the DW Spectrum Mobile application, but this is not recommended as it will lower the security level of your connection.</p>
<p>To learn how to apply a public SSL Certificate or how to renew the self-signed SSL Certificate of a DW Spectrum Server, please use the KB article – <i><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a></i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Changing Mobile App Security Settings</strong></h1>
<p>DW Spectrum Mobile v22.1 users have the option to change the <i>Security </i>settings of the mobile app to connect without checking security certificates, but are instead recommended to use the default setting.</p>
<p>To change the <i>Security</i> settings in the mobile app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <b>Main Menu</b> icon , located in the top-right of the screen, and select “<b>Settings</b>”.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/03192124-6ac4-4ef5-a1f9-0c45ccb39b18/image-20220708174122-19.png" alt="image 20220708174122 19" width="43" height="42" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 450"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>In the <i>Settings </i>menu, top on the <b>Security</b> toggle to change your SSL certificate verification preference.</li>
</ol>
<p>Your options include:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Recommended (default) – </b>DW Spectrum Mobile will allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using either valid self-signed or public SSL certificates.</li>
<li><b>Strict –</b> DW Spectrum Mobile will only allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using valid public SSL Certificates.</li>
<li><b>Disabled</b> – disabling the <i>Security</i> toggle will allow you to connect with any DW Spectrum Servers and will NOT check for SSL Certificate verification. Please keep in mind that this option may pose a greater security risk.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c1c37edb-7428-4281-afa2-7a88bf8a8c3c/image-20220708173557-18.jpeg" alt="image 20220708173557 18" width="799" height="778" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 451"></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Export Bookmark from Timeline</h2>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a feature that allows users to export bookmarks quickly from the timeline.</p>
<p>How to Export a Bookmark from the Timeline?</p>
<ol>
<li>Find and select the <b>Bookmark</b> you would like to export on the <b>Timeline</b>.<br />
*remember you need to have a camera selected on the Viewing Grid in order to interact with the Timeline.</li>
<li>Click on the <i>3rd icon</i> (download icon) on the Bookmark.</li>
<li>The<b> Export Dialog</b> will now appear.</li>
</ol>
<p>* As with all video exports the larger the Bookmark duration the longer the Bookmark will need to complete exporting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2019/04-16/5bf69144-ccf1-4284-aeee-c3598f85abb6/image-20190416143844-1.png" alt="image 20190416143844 1" width="500" height="280" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 452"></p>
<h1><strong>Installing DW Spectrum® (Macintosh)</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Creating A New System</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">DW Spectrum® is composed of two parts:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Media Server</strong> – the <em>Media Server</em> is Spectrum®.  The media server is responsible for the recording, contains the database information of your added cameras and user profiles, and is arguably the most important aspect of the DW Spectrum® IPVMS platform.  The <em>Media Server</em> is supposed to be installed on a computer that will be acting as your server.  If you have a DW Blackjack® server, this software is already installed.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Client </strong>– the <em>Client</em> software provides the graphical interface with which users may utilize to interact with the <em>Media Server</em> and allows users to see what the <em>Media Server </em>is doing.  Some features include allowing users to configure settings, view live and recorded video, and manage device connections.  The <em>Client</em> is helpful for accessing the <em>Media Server</em>, but is not required to remain running for the <em>Media Server</em> to do its job.  Instead, it is recommended that users install the <em>DW Spectrum</em>®<em> Client</em> software <a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/320-using-a-dw-spectrum-server-as-a-client/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">on a separate computer</a> from the <em>DW Spectrum</em>®<em> Media Server</em> computer to save on processing.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">These two portions of DW Spectrum® IPVMS coordinate to comprise a <em>System</em>.  A <em>System</em> can refer to a group of merged servers or to a single server.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will explain how to install DW Spectrum® IPVMS, how to connect with the DW Spectrum® System, and how to change the Owner/Admin password and System name.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum® for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing DW Spectrum® on Macintosh</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To obtain the installation files for DW Spectrum®, open a web browser and visit the DW Spectrum® IPVMS product page on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/DW-Spectrum-IPVMS/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Product Page</a></strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Scroll down and click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Version</strong> of DW Spectrum® that you want to install, then select the operating system that you are installing with (Macintosh).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download</strong> icon to download the installation file.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the downloaded .DMG file, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag</strong> the DW Spectrum® application into your <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications </strong>folder.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Allow the process to run and complete the installation.  When finished, you can begin to set up the System.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Creating a New System</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To launch the application, open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications</strong> folder, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">double-click</strong> on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Client</strong> application</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If your computer is on the same LAN as a pre-existing Server, the DW Spectrum® Client application may automatically detect it.  If so, click on the tile.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You will be prompted to enter your login credentials (User ID and Password).  Contact the System <em>Owner</em> or <em>Administrator</em> of the Server if you need a login to be created.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum® for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If this is a first-time setup of DW Spectrum® Client, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Add to Existing System</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You will then be prompted to enter the <em>Connection Options</em> to connect with the DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Host</strong> – enter the IP Address of the DW Spectrum® Server</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Login</strong> – enter the login ID of your DW Spectrum® user profile</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password of your DW Spectrum® user profile</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – enter the TCP port of the DW Spectrum® Server (default: 7001)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Once you have entered the connection information, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong> button to connect with the DW Spectrum® System.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Changing the Admin Password</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To change the <em>Admin</em> password of a Server, launch DW Spectrum® and connect with the System.  You must have Administrator privileges to make system changes.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Right-click</strong> on the System (house icon) and select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Open Web Client</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>A browser will open and connect with the System.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Owner ID</strong> (Admin) and the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> to log in.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Another way to access this web client is to enter the Server’s IP address and port to connect through a web browser.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After logging into the System’s web client, you may change the password under <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Change admin password</strong>, located in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Settings &gt; Server</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This will change the password for the <em>Owner</em> profile of your DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">It is recommended to keep track of your password.  If the <em>Admin</em> password is forgotten, a <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/PasswordResetRequest/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">password reset form</a></strong> must be submitted for all Blackjack Series units.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If the DW Spectrum® Server is installed on a custom-built server (not a Blackjack Series NVR), a clean reinstallation of the DW Spectrum® Server will be required to reset a forgotten password.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To learn how to completely uninstall DW Spectrum® from the Windows or Ubuntu Server, check out <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/19-dw-spectrum-clean-uninstall/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Clean Uninstall</a></strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Changing the System Name</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To change the System name, connect with the Server’s <strong style="font-weight: 900;">web client</strong> and <strong style="font-weight: 900;">log in as the Admin</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Settings</strong> menu, click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">System</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Under <em>Name</em>, enter the new <strong style="font-weight: 900;">name</strong> of the System, then click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Rename System</strong> button.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button to apply the changes.</p>
<h1><strong>Motion Smart Search In DW Spectrum IPVMS</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Motion Smart Search</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">DW Spectrum’s <i>Motion Smart Search</i> feature is a useful tool that allows users to rapidly search video archives to discover segments of saved footage.  Rather than having to review long lengths of archived footage to find a specific moment, <i>Motion Smart Search</i> narrows down the saved video to a specified area in the camera’s field of vision and highlights the discovered segments in the <i>Timeline</i> during playback.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to use the <i>Motion Smart Search</i> feature of DW Spectrum for faster footage acquisition.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Using Smart Search</strong></h1>
<p>To use the <i>Motion Smart Search </i>feature, you must be using a camera that supports motion recording (where both the primary and secondary video streams are active).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  It is recommended that the secondary stream be set to a resolution of 704&#215;480 or lower, with a frame rate no higher than 7 FPS.</p>
<p>If you are encountering issues with Motion Recording, check out <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/433-motion-recording-troubleshooting-dw-spectrum/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Motion Recording Troubleshooting (DW Spectrum)</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>To use the <i>Motion Smart Search</i> feature:</b></p>
<ol>
<li>Select your desired camera to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Selecting from either the camera’s <i>Image Controls</i> toolbar or from the <i>Notifications Panel</i>, click on the <b>Motion</b> icon.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can <b>right-click</b> in the camera window and select <b>Show Motion/Smart Search</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/2b1e1aa7-52d2-4660-8d79-2ceabf0b6d31/image-20200624151803-1.png" alt="image 20200624151803 1" width="800" height="354" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 453"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Upon activating <i>Motion Smart Search</i>, a grid will overlay the camera area.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Click-and-drag</b> to highlight a specific motion area in the grid.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/aa935d4a-3226-4cde-9c3e-bafc6538b589/image-20200624151803-2.jpeg" alt="image 20200624151803 2" width="801" height="451" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 454"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>DW Spectrum will display preview frames the system’s search results.</li>
</ol>
<p>Additionally, in the <i>Timeline</i>, sections will be highlighted to indicate that motion was detected in the specified motion area.</p>
<p>Select from the previewed frames or click in the <i>Timeline</i> to begin playing the detected footage.</p>
<h1><strong>Reporting DW Spectrum® Issues</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Issues</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to report operator issues with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Before Requesting Support</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use the following resources to check for possible solutions:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/51-dw-spectrum-help-function/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Help Function</a></strong></li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/home/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a></strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  It is recommended to use the latest version of DW Spectrum®.  If you are encountering operator issues and your firmware is outdated, consider updating to the latest build version.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/section/52/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a></strong> hosts release notes for recent updates.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requesting Support</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Digital Watchdog Technical Support strives to provide quick and efficient assistance for issues that directly regard Digital Watchdog products.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use the following guidelines to provide a concise outline of your issue so that our technicians may support you in an orderly fashion.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Submit One Support Request per Issue</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As our support team focuses on different Digital Watchdog products, features, and software, tracking the progress of individual issues becomes difficult when there is an overwhelming number of issues described in a single report.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If one issue appears to be interrelated with another issue, it may be worth mentioning.  However, please maintain a clear outline of a single issue, per request, if possible.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the issue has been identified by the technician, a recommended resolution may be provided.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  Open a support ticket with <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/contact-tech-support/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Technical Support</a></strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Provide a Short and Clear Summary</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">An ideal summary should be clear and as short as possible, but long enough to clarify the issue.  Provide a clear overview of the issue, the component where the issue is occurring (Server, Client, DW Cloud, mobile application), and what conditions the system was under when the problem started.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Please also provide details regarding any troubleshooting steps that have already been taken.  If troubleshooting has not already been performed, you may be tasked with performing recommended troubleshooting steps.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Environment</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Provide details about the environment that DW Spectrum® is running in.  This includes information such as what version/build of DW Spectrum® is being used, the operating systems being used, and the size of the System (a single server or multi-server/merged System).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Example:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>DW Spectrum® Version:  v4.1.0.31401</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Client:  Mac OS 10.13</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Server:  Windows 10</li>
<li>Network Topology:  Server is connected to cameras through a Wi-Fi router that is connected to a single PoE switch, with 10 cameras.</li>
<li>Special Features:  The mentioned PoE switch has an embedded firewall blocking UDP traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Reproduction Scenario</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Describe any steps that you performed prior to the start of the problem.  The technician may need to try to reproduce the issue on their end to better understand what may be causing the issue.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Examples of this include upgrading firmware from a particular build, changing network hardware, applying specific settings in DW Spectrum®, etc.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Attachments</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Attachments can be quite helpful for technicians as they offer additional insight to the issue that you are experiencing.  Providing photos, screen recordings, or Sever Logs may help to reduce the wait time for a resolution to your issue.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Since attachments can be quite large to share, you may use a third party service like Google Drive or DropBox to provide your attachment.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Avoid sending compressed (.zip) files as we are less likely to open this file type for security reasons.  Instead, upload each file individually to the sharing application of choice so that your technician can check the file before opening or downloading it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  DW Spectrum® (Windows version) has an in-client screen recording feature that you may use to capture a recording of your display as you see it.  Press <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Alt+R</strong> on the keyboard to start or stop this function.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remote Assistance</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Issues are often system-specific and your technician may request remote access to your System to directly assist you with resolving the problem.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Frequently, Digital Watchdog Technical Support will ask for unattended <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://www.teamviewer.com/en-us/download/windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">TeamViewer</a></strong> access to investigate the issue directly.  We understand if this is not possible, but please be aware that this may delay the solution for your issue.  If you prefer to instead be present for the remote session, you may request one.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, the use of <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a></strong> and/or <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/550-using-wireshark-for-troubleshooting/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Wireshark</a></strong> is commonly used for troubleshooting our most commonly reported issues.  It may be in your best interest to have these applications installed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  DW Blackjack® Servers (Windows) will come with ONVIF Device Manager installed.  Most DW Blackjack® Series devices will come with TeamViewer installed as well.</p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Safire Control Center Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 17:56:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS services]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P2P cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ProCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[recover password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[recovery questions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Safire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Safire camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Safire Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Safire Control Center]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SAFIRE device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VCA search]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=298</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Safire Control Center Setup Guide Safire All-in-One Management Software Manage all security aspects including CCTV, Access Control and/or Time &#38; ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide/#more-298" aria-label="Read more about Safire Control Center Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Safire Control Center Setup Guide</h2>
<h2>Safire All-in-One Management Software</h2>
<h3>Manage all security aspects including CCTV, Access Control and/or Time &amp; Attendance</h3>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" aria-hidden="true"></div>
<p>Safire Control Center is the perfect solution for managing CCTV, Access Control, Time &amp; Attendance and video intercom devices. The software allows you to manage camera and recording settings, view multiple camera feeds, and set alerts for tampering, motion detection and smart video analytic. It includes advanced modules in order to get wide metadatas and statistics from various biometric devices. With its intuitive design and added functions this popular software is quickly becoming the most effective choice for managing all aspects of business security.</p>
<p>Safire Control Center software is free to download with any Safire security product and provides comprehensive reporting for all areas of business security. The dashboard is sleek, modern and easy to use with everything you need from one dashboard.</p>
<blockquote>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" aria-hidden="true">Read Next :</div>
<div aria-hidden="true"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/290/nvms7000-setup-guide/">NVMS7000 Setup Guide</a></div>
</blockquote>
<div class="is-layout-flex wp-container-3 wp-block-columns">
<div class="is-layout-flow wp-block-column">
<h4>Safire Control Center Dashboard</h4>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" aria-hidden="true"></div>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-23460" src="https://idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard-1200x764.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" srcset="//idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard-1200x764.png 1200w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard-640x407.png 640w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard-450x286.png 450w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard-768x489.png 768w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard-445x283.png 445w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-Dashboard.png 1315w" alt="Safire Center Software" width="1200" height="764" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 525"><figcaption>Safire Control Center Setup Guide 593</figcaption></figure>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" aria-hidden="true"></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div>
<div class="is-layout-flow wp-block-column">
<h4>Safire Control Center Time &amp; Attendance Settings</h4>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" aria-hidden="true"></div>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-23472" title="Safire-Software-Centre-Login" src="https://idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance-1200x753.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" srcset="//idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance-1200x753.png 1200w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance-640x402.png 640w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance-450x282.png 450w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance-768x482.png 768w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance-445x279.png 445w, //idency.b-cdn.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Safire-Center-Software-TimeAttendance.png 1278w" alt="Safire Control Centre Software Time &amp; Attendance" width="1200" height="753" /><figcaption>Safire Control Center Setup Guide 594</figcaption></figure>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Minimum requirements and computer capabilities for using the SAFIRE Control Center">Minimum requirements and computer capabilities for using the SAFIRE Control Center</h1>
<ul>
<li>Intel i5 6th Generation and above (i7 6th Generation recommended).</li>
<li>16 GB of RAM.</li>
<li>Video Accelerator Card 2 GB or more.</li>
<li>DirectX 11.0 or higher.</li>
<li>500 MB of free hard disk space.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Software features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Can manage up to 256 CCTV devices / cameras</li>
<li>Can manage up to 256 DVRs / NVRs</li>
<li>Supports up to 4 monitors (with 64 simultaneous camera videos).</li>
<li>Supports local and remote (P2P or DDNS) equipment.</li>
<li>Supports two-way audio</li>
<li>Supports local and remote configuration on devices</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360011689439/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 526"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Safire DDNS services for Safire camera or recorder">Safire DDNS services for Safire camera or recorder</h1>
<p>To connect any Safire device that has &#8220;Safire DDNS services&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Previously, you have to be registered and your account activated before logging in at <a href="http://www.safiredns.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">www.safiredns.com</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>1. Create a domain</strong></p>
<p>1. Open and log in to <a href="http://www.safiredns.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">www.safiredns.com</a></p>
<p>2. Select SafireDNS</p>
<p>3. Add a domain</p>
<p>4. Select the zone</p>
<p>5. In the domain name enter any name as client name or project name</p>
<p>6. Group</p>
<p>7. Group</p>
<p>8. Password</p>
<p>9. IPv4 or IPv6 address (check the <a href="http://www.myipaddress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">myipaddress.com</a> site for your IP address)</p>
<p>10. Save</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414344736530/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 527"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>2. Add a device in ProCloud</strong></p>
<p>1. Go to Procloud</p>
<p>2. And click on + Add device</p>
<p>3. Enter the name of the DDNS address you created in the previous step</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414582362258/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 528"></p>
<p>4. Save</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>3. Port Forwarding</strong></p>
<p>1. For Safire&#8217;s decisions we need to forward ports 80 and 8000</p>
<p>2. Port 80 is for the web interface of the camera or recorder</p>
<p>3. Port 8000 is for the native communication protocol</p>
<p>ZTE Modem router example<img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414362586130/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 529"></p>
<p>Xiaomi router example:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414362659602/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 530"></p>
<p>Reyee router example</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4420075805202/025.png" alt="025.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 531"></p>
<p><strong>3. Enter DDNS type in the camera or recorder</strong></p>
<p>1. Check the ports that are used on the camera/recorder and open the(1) camera/recorder settings page</p>
<p>2. Select Network</p>
<p>3. Then the basic settings</p>
<p>4. Port tab</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414589650322/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 532"></p>
<p>5. If it does not work, you can check the NAT configuration</p>
<p>6. You can also switch to manual port assignment</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414589769490/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 533"></p>
<p>7. Enable DDNS on and enter credentials</p>
<p>8. Go to the DDNS tab</p>
<p>9. Enable DDNS</p>
<p>10. Select SafireDNS when using &#8220;Safire DDNS Servies&#8221;</p>
<p>11. Use the domain you created (in <strong>2. Add a device in ProCloud</strong>)</p>
<p>12. DDNS username and password and not those of the device.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414590475282/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 534"></p>
<p>When all the configuration has been done correctly it should look like the image below in the <a href="https://procloud.safire.services/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong>Safire ProCloud</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414577778962/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 535"></p>
<p>Check that the status icon, the device is linked and the configuration options appear.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to configure the POS function from Safire Control Center">How to configure the POS function from Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>NOTE:</p>
<p>POS function is present on the entire 8000 series NVR range and the entry-level 4KE range has POS function.</p>
<p>Also in some of the 6000 series (still to be verified)</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The POS function on NVRs can only be configured from the local interface of the recorder itself or from Safire Control Center.</p>
<p>In NVRs, the POS is considered metadata (the same as a line crossing or area intrusion, like a VCA).</p>
<p>In XVRs it will not allow the POS configuration from the web interface, since the POS would be &#8220;printed&#8221; on the video stream itself.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>CONFIGURATION POS NVR SAFIRE CONTROL CENTER</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In the device management part, click on advanced settings:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067223954/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 536"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We click on POS, and the first thing that appears is the POS rule configuration.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067272466/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 537"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>From here we can configure the operating hours, notification link methods, or relay activations, as well as configure the desired camera function by selecting the POS area, how we want it to be displayed on the screen, etc.</p>
<p>Display modes</p>
<ul>
<li>Scroll: The screen is filled with information, and the first information is scrolled.</li>
<li>Page: The information appears all at once as it is scanned on the screen. If the second piece of information is scanned, the first information is removed.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In the next part, we configure the font. Here we make special mention of the font because not all fonts are supported by the web interface and the Safire Control Center. Only the LATIN-1 font can be displayed in real-time and in the Safire Control Center and web interface recordings.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067333266/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 538"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In the local interface of the recorder, any font that the recorder allows us to use can be displayed.</p>
<p>Finally, the connection mode is to set the IP and port of the printer that will send us the information. We can connect several printers and assign them with the Filter Rule ID so that as you can see in the first screenshot, a different Filter Rule ID should be applied to each channel since a printer is usually used per camera (imagine a supermarket checkout, with several scanners).</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074182034/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 539"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>When viewing and recording, as I said before that the POS is treated as a VCA, to be able to search by POS later in Safire Control Center, we should set the recording by POS in the recording schedule, like this:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067372178/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 540"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>This would suffice.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>VISUALIZATIONS</strong></p>
<p>Now, in SCC, if we go to Real-Time we can see the result of the POS as long as we have configured the font as LATIN-1:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074222610/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 541"></p>
<p>In recordings we can search directly by POS events from here:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074239506/mceclip7.png" alt="mceclip7.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 542"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Search by specific KEYWORDs if we need it:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067409682/mceclip8.png" alt="mceclip8.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 543"></p>
<p>And finally, we would only get POS events as a result, which if we play it back shows the whole text string printed in the recording:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414074258450/mceclip9.png" alt="mceclip9.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 544"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>If, on the other hand, we want to visualize the POS information, from the web interface of the recorder, we don&#8217;t have to forget to enable this in the CONFIGURATION -&gt; LOCAL part</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414067429138/mceclip10.png" alt="mceclip10.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 545"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Safire - How to recover password by email or recovery questions">Safire &#8211; How to recover password by email or recovery questions</h1>
<p><strong>To recover the password:</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>1. Open SADP Tool2</p>
<p>. Click on &#8220;Forgot Password&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/bNibXQJbspDNX6l0bz0eutqnj/?name=inline338602627.png" alt="?name=inline338602627" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 546"></p>
<p>3. Use the questions or the email option</p>
<p>4. If the email option is chosen</p>
<p>Save the QR and send the QR to the email address pw_recovery@device-service.com as an attachment. (Or use the XML code)</p>
<p>In general, when using automated email services, you will get a retrieval file within 5 minutes.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This email address only works when you have registered the email address you registered on the device. See the article: Safire &#8211; <a href="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/es/articles/4414071578514" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Prepare for lost passwords</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414065983122/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 547"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/UWKZfXlYVOn6pzsVDiTWyRMNP/?name=inline-1723637902.png" alt="?name=inline 1723637902" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 548"></p>
<p><strong>When you have received the email</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414066634514/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 549"></p>
<p>Use the verification code from the email and create a new password</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When deactivating the Safire network cameras that are connected to the NVR for which you have requested password recovery, also select (<strong>A</strong>) &#8220;Reset Network Camera&#8217;s Passwords&#8221;.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414066771986/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 550"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>When not using email or questions on the device</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Select the secret key export/import mode and send the XML file to your supplier or distributor.</p>
<p>They will process the recovery and get back to you with the key in your mail.</p>
<p>Please note that this is not an automated process and may take time.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The file you receive is valid for a period of 48 hours. You cannot shut down or restart your computer until after you have completed all the steps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/qMxed5MIxqLxtX5ZAtXr9xLkz/?name=inline166396462.png" alt="?name=inline166396462" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 551"></p>
<p><strong>3. When you receive the recovery file</strong></p>
<p>3.1 In step 2</p>
<p>A. Select import file</p>
<p>B. Import the XML file from the received e-mail</p>
<p>C. Create a new password</p>
<p>D. Confirm password</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414072863378/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 552"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4414066842514/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 553"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Safire - How to prevent password loss">Safire &#8211; How to prevent password loss</h1>
<p>You can avoid long waiting times by saving security answers and/or registering a password recovery email.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Tip:</strong></p>
<p>&#8220;To view the best and largest GIF or image, right-click and open the image or GIF in a new tab.&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>On an already configured camera or recorder</strong></p>
<p>1. Open the web browser or the <strong>SCC</strong> (<strong>S</strong>afire<strong> C</strong>ontrol<strong> C</strong>enter)</p>
<p>2. Open the configuration page.</p>
<p>3. Go to System &gt; Account Management and click Account Security Settings</p>
<p>4. Ask the security questions and most importantly associate an email.</p>
<p>5. And OK to save.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/r4GvjS1oiB1fH3Jok0wAXDkk9/?name=inline-1684383311.png" alt="?name=inline 1684383311" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 554"></p>
<p><strong>For when you need the password recovery service:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/es/articles/4414065069074" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>How to recover password by email or questions</strong></a></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Create a device group in Safire Control Center">Create a device group in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In this tutorial, we use <strong>SCC</strong> (<strong>S</strong>afire <strong>C</strong>ontrol <strong>C</strong>enter) Version V3.20.57 build20210726 and a floor plan of an existing shopping mall for this demo</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Tip:</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8220;Right click and open the image or gif in a new tab if it is a large image or gif.&#8221;</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Create a device group in SCC:</strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>SCC </strong>(<strong>S</strong>afire <strong>C</strong>ontrol <strong>C</strong>enter)</li>
<li>Manage Open Devices</li>
<li>In the Device Management section, click Group</li>
<li>Then create a new group and click + Add Group</li>
<li>Give the Group a name</li>
<li>Click op import</li>
<li>Select an option</li>
<li>In the new window select the devices</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410741367442/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 555"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="E-Map in Safire Control Center">E-Map in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>Note:</strong></span></p>
<p>In this tutorial, we use <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>SCC</strong></span> (<span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>S</strong></span>afire <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>ontrol <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>enter) Version V3.20.57 build20210726 and a floor plan of an existing shopping mall for this demonstration</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Depending on the situation, creating a group via device management can be useful when there is more than one device for the plant. By making use of P2P devices it is also possible to deploy in the group</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>Tip:</strong></span></p>
<p><em>&#8220;Right-click and open the image or gif in a new tab if it is a large image or gif.&#8221;</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410735104018/mceclip5.gif" alt="mceclip5.gif" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 556"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Import the blueprint image into SCC:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>SCC</strong></span> (<span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>S</strong></span>afire <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>ontrol <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>C</strong></span>enter)</li>
<li>Through the main page in the section</li>
<li>General Application open E-map</li>
<li>In the newly opened E-map tab</li>
<li>Click on Add map</li>
<li>Select the map directory</li>
<li>And OK to import the image</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410747624338/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 557"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Move the devices on the map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the left side, you find the devices of the group</li>
<li>Select keep and move the device on the map</li>
<li>You can adjust the size and length through the circles</li>
<li>Click in the grey zone to edit the name and color</li>
<li>Ok to save</li>
<li>When finished</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410743561746/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 558"></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Live camera or open a door in E-map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open the E-map in SCC</li>
<li>Click on the camera you want to view</li>
<li>Click on the grey play icon and a new window will pop up to view the camera</li>
<li>To open or one of the other actions</li>
<li>Click on the chosen door</li>
<li>In the new window, select the action</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/4410748283026/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 559"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to manually activate relay outputs on Safire recorders and cameras">How to manually activate relay outputs on Safire recorders and cameras</h1>
<p>To activate the relay output from a Safire video recorder or from an IP camera, we can proceed in two different ways:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Via web component</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018314140/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 560"></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Via Safire Control Center (SCC), the brand&#8217;s main PC software</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018314560/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 561"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018357799/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" width="430" height="385" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 562"></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Via the Safire Connect mobile application </strong>&#8211; works both via IP (local management) and via P2P (remote management)</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018358999/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" width="299" height="610" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 563"> <img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360018316000/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 564"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to add a map with the location of the elements in Safire Central">How to add a map with the location of the elements in Safire Central</h1>
<p>In this article we explain several ways to configure different maps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Mode 1: create a map from a GIS</strong></p>
<p>First we open the web server to configure it. From the <em>settings</em> part we can generate a map from a GIS file, as shown in the following screenshot:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/DfxwRmfKJ5OefsJ3yxXsQkCmh/?name=inline1730470227.png" alt="?name=inline1730470227" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 565">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Then, we go to the Logical Visualization part to define which groups of cameras we create and where we will place them.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/ypfZJGH7ZAEpNLmJ3lyUqI2i6/?name=inline-767045370.png" alt="?name=inline 767045370" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 566">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To add a camera to the map, select the camera and the following configuration menu will open:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/SB4Ww5ojdCWnvbSbCv06Ebdta/?name=inline1035171786.png" alt="?name=inline1035171786" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 567">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We select the icon we want (we can also import one), and we will click save. Then the camera will appear on the map.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/w71AgzzX1WbhhceJ6rMc6SpjE/?name=inline-1808979759.png" alt="?name=inline 1808979759" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 568">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In this way we could create a general map with the devices we want. We click on <img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/OCYdg6uxLqxVOfLliWnWLmnUm/?name=inline114130306.png" alt="?name=inline114130306" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 569">​ so that the changes are applied in the Safire Central Control Client and we go right to the Control Client that we just mentioned.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We click on the map that appears in the Safire Central drop-down part to the left of the screenshot, and the map with all the devices that we have configured before will appear in the main part from the web server interface:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/sOWoMT5HJ9RBrfo8t7DNEtmN8/?name=inline-1401686770.png" alt="?name=inline 1401686770" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 570">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Here we can receive the alarms in real time and view the cameras at the time we want.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Mode 2: create individual map</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>First, we select the group on which we will configure the map:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/pDZOYpzfJurXkENZIcEPRKWgg/?name=inline850022007.png" alt="?name=inline850022007" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 571">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>We enable the map option, we load an image and we give it to save:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/FbyumlimHJ91xRm5vGQ1VHo9Y/?name=inline-293139618.png" alt="?name=inline 293139618" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 572">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Next, we select each device and enable the map option as we have done previously and click save:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/2dWwuNTxQ8lBI3P6FajNXyrX6/?name=inline1604262716.png" alt="?name=inline1604262716" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 573">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>And the devices will appear on the map:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/QUJMwCq3b99jcG5YiTmnOUrWT/?name=inline-797816797.png" alt="?name=inline 797816797" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 574">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Now we go to the Safire Central Control Client, and update the changes as we have done before:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/xYPjKV0R5TbAxqg9XTeDXupaK/?name=inline88237890.png" alt="?name=inline88237890" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 575">​</p>
<p>We kunnen zien dat we in de groep van verdieping 1 nu ook een MAP hebben, we kunnen deze selecteren en deze verschijnt op het hoofdscherm:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/VGcytrsi0XKrCdvlCFBJWj1TO/?name=inline540508977.png" alt="?name=inline540508977" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 576">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>IMPORTANT: a camera cannot be associated with two different maps (it cannot be associated with a GIS map and an individual map at the same time). If it is selected in the general map, it cannot be associated with another. Similarly, if it is associated with an individual map, it cannot be associated with a general map.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Sending reports by email in Safire Control Center">Sending reports by email in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>To receive e-mails with the reports of the users, we will have to carry out the following steps:</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to the <em>Regular Report</em> section and add as many users as you want to receive the reports:</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016384239/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 577"></p>
<ul>
<li>Then select the user and indicate the email that will receive the report</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016384299/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 578"></p>
<p>The configuration of the email to be sent from the software is done from the following section:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016378400/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 579"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>It will be necessary to first verify that the sender mailbox that has just been selected is properly configured, that is to say, with all the necessary permits to be used by third-party programs.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Change language in Safire Control Center software 3.2.0.54">Change language in Safire Control Center software 3.2.0.54</h1>
<p>Starting from version 3.2.0.54 of Safire Control Center, the language (whose installation pack contained can be downloaded from our web page &#8211; <a href="https://athena-visiotech.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/2Oqj_HMB2AJnMa3v3oAI/Safire_Control_Center_V3.2.0.54_MULTI.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">https://athena-visiotech.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/2Oqj_HMB2AJnMa3v3oAI/Safire_Control_Center_V3.2.0.54_MULTI.zip</a>) can be changed from the following section right after starting the software:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016096640/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 580"></p>
<p>If we have activated the auto login without changing the language, we will have to select the following option so that the software does not start directly:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360016096860/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 581"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Change language in Safire Control Center">Change language in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>The language can be changed in the pop-up window, where the Login is made, when accessing the software.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/Pj2eySo6wyDvlYXpZ0faHWgoX/?name=inline-419264673.png" alt="?name=inline 419264673" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 582"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to activate the VCA search filter in Safire Control Center">How to activate the VCA search filter in Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>In the following image you can find the path to access this type of search filter in the <em>Remote Playback</em> menu:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/mI11eZ6vPPTBbjTgQhV5lj6GK/?name=inline237523116.png" alt="?name=inline237523116" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 583"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to install Safire Control Center on Windows Server 2012">How to install Safire Control Center on Windows Server 2012</h1>
<p>Generally if you are installing the software on a Windows Server 2012 account with administrator permissions using the latest version that is digitally signed, you will have no problem.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/KA85qbPoNMVWaxamCnU763v2M/?name=inline-1837943209.png" alt="?name=inline 1837943209" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 584">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/zcYLUBncguBGd0eZMrf8q58ay/?name=inline843380897.png" alt="?name=inline843380897" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 585">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Windows Server 2012 R2 is supported by the manufacturer and we know that it has been installed correctly on other occasions.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/hzPBHtcJ19jizmiwn6Gl9CzkA/?name=inline657546111.png" alt="?name=inline657546111" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 586">​</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Additionally, we recommend checking if any anti-malware or firewall software may be filtering and preventing the normal installation.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Buttons are failing in Safire Control Center!">Buttons are failing in Safire Control Center!</h1>
<p>What to do when some applications of Safire Control Center 3.1.1 just won&#8217;t work or even open?</p>
<p>For example: we press the <em>people</em> button and we visualize the loading roulette, but then it just keeps rolling without actually initiating any process.</p>
<p>We would only have to delete, in the task manager section of our PC, the <em>software watchdog</em> process <em>(32 bits)</em> as shown in the following image. Then, we would just have to run Safire Control Center again.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360012255839/whatchdog.jpg" alt="whatchdog.jpg" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 587"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Blue and Red Flags on the Safire Control Center Calendar">Blue and Red Flags on the Safire Control Center Calendar</h1>
<p><strong>Red</strong>: indicates event recording</p>
<p><strong>Blue</strong>: indicates continuous recording</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360011703139/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 588"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/7zWdpuPkmvxaPfUTCcKFYM3qa/?name=inline360177502.png" alt="?name=inline360177502" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 589"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Login error whilst opening Safire Control Center">Login error whilst opening Safire Control Center</h1>
<p>It is possible that this error appears when you start Safire Control Center:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360009259639/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 590"></p>
<p>What you need to do to avoid this situation to repeat itself is to change the application port, as the 8080 is usually occupied by other applications (especially the other Safire applications, such as the Safire Control Center AC).</p>
<p>Our recommendation is to change it to anything that is not being used. For example 8081 or 7999.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="P2P cloud ports targeted by a SAFIRE device">P2P cloud ports targeted by a SAFIRE device</h1>
<p>For both cameras and video recorders that connect to the cloud via P2P service, the ports they use for connection are:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360008509499/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 591"></p>
<p>They can be addressed to different domains:</p>
<ul>
<li>litedev.eu.guardingvision.com</li>
<li>litedev.guardingvision.com</li>
<li>dev.eu.guardingvision.com</li>
<li>litedev.guardingvision.com</li>
</ul>
<p>On the other hand, the cloud ports are:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360008514319/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Safire Control Center Setup Guide 592"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Playback speed on Safire recorders from Safire Connect">Playback speed on Safire recorders from Safire Connect</h1>
<p>Here is the table of Safire video recorder models that supports playback speed increase from the app:</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6116-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6104-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6108-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8216A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8104A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8104H</p>
<p>SF-HTVR8108H</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6116A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6108A-HEVC</p>
<p>SF-HTVR6104A-HEVC</p>
<p>The models that do NOT belong to this list are:</p>
<p>&#8211; AI recorders</p>
<p>&#8211; recorders with audio over coax</p>
<p>&#8211; PoC recorders</p>
<p>&#8211; models with a higher number of channels, such as 24, 32, etc..</p>
<p>We do not exclude that this functionality will appear in future updates or new versions included in these last 4 groups.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Zoom problems Safire Connect APP">Zoom problems Safire Connect APP</h1>
<p>This happens in version V3.10.1.1015 and is resolved with the following update.</p>
<p>The problem is usually the horizontal left-right movement after having entered the digital zoom, since the channel change is prioritized over the displacement within the same zoom.</p>
<p>Possible solutions:</p>
<p>&#8211; select only the camera of interest before opening its image, rather than selecting it from a group of preloaded video streams</p>
<p>&#8211; perform a vertical physical movement (up-down) and, without lifting the finger, perform the horizontal movement, which will already be done correctly.</p>
<p>A video clip follows to better understand the second option.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.visiotechsecurity.com/attachments/token/VXQLGdERb9oBscA7zPcSeRvGB/?name=video_2019-11-08_11-59-48.mp4" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">video_2019-11-08_11-&#8230;mp4</a></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/safire-control-center-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
